|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
449
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OCCULT 13
|
|
|
35 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 14 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
36
|
|
|
37 #define CHECK_KEYS_TIME 30
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
41 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
42 {
|
|
|
43 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
12
|
44 N_(" ^X mode (^E^Y^L^]^F^I^K^D^U^V^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
45 NULL,
|
|
7
|
46 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
51 NULL,
|
|
|
52 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
53 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
54 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
55 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
56 N_(" Occult completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
|
65 struct Completion
|
|
|
66 {
|
|
|
67 struct Completion *next;
|
|
|
68 struct Completion *prev;
|
|
|
69 char_u *str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
70 char_u *fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
71 int original; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
72 int number; /* sequence number */
|
|
|
73 };
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75 /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1)
|
|
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 /*
|
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
85 */
|
|
449
|
86 static struct Completion *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
87 static struct Completion *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static struct Completion *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
91 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
|
92 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
95 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
96 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
97 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
98 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
99 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
100 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
7
|
101 that is being completed */
|
|
449
|
102 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
104 completion started */
|
|
|
105 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
106 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
109 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
7
|
110 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, char_u *, int dir, int reuse));
|
|
|
111 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
112 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
113 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
114 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
115 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
116 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
117 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
118 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
119 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
120 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
121 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
122 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
123 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
124 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
126 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
127 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
128 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
129 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
132 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
133 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
134 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
135 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
136 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
137 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
138 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
139 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
140 #endif
|
|
7
|
141 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
142 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
143 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
144 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
145 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
146 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
148 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
149 #endif
|
|
|
150 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
151 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
152 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
153 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
154 #endif
|
|
|
155 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
156 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
157 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
158 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar));
|
|
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
160 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
163 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
164 #endif
|
|
449
|
165 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
166 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
167 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
168 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
169 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
170 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
171 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
172 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
173 #endif
|
|
|
174 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
175 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
176 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
177 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
180 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
181 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
182 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
183 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
184 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
185 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
186 #endif
|
|
|
187 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
188 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
189 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
190 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
191 #endif
|
|
|
192 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
193 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
194 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
195 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
196 #endif
|
|
|
197 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
200 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
203 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
204 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
205 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
208 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
211 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
214 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
215 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
216 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
217 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
218 #endif
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
221 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
222 #endif
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
225 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
226 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
229 under the cursor */
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
231 /*
|
|
|
232 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
233 *
|
|
|
234 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
235 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
236 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
237 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
238 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
239 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
240 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
241 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
242 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
243 *
|
|
|
244 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
245 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
246 *
|
|
|
247 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
248 */
|
|
|
249 int
|
|
|
250 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
251 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
252 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
253 long count;
|
|
|
254 {
|
|
|
255 int c = 0;
|
|
|
256 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
257 int lastc;
|
|
|
258 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
259 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
260 int i;
|
|
|
261 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
262 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
263 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
264 #endif
|
|
|
265 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
266 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
267 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
268 #endif
|
|
|
269 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
270 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
271 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
274 * error message */
|
|
|
275 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
277 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
278 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
279 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
280 {
|
|
|
281 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
282 return FALSE;
|
|
|
283 }
|
|
|
284 #endif
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
287 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
288 #endif
|
|
|
289
|
|
11
|
290 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
291 /*
|
|
|
292 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
293 */
|
|
|
294 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
295 {
|
|
|
296 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
297 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
298 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
299 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
300 else
|
|
|
301 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
302 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
|
303 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
304 }
|
|
|
305 #endif
|
|
|
306
|
|
7
|
307 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
308 /*
|
|
|
309 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
310 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
311 */
|
|
|
312 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
313 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
314 else
|
|
|
315 #endif
|
|
|
316 {
|
|
|
317 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
318 if (startln)
|
|
|
319 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
320 }
|
|
|
321 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
322 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
323 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
324 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
326 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
327 {
|
|
|
328 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
329 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
330 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
331 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
334 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
335 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
336 }
|
|
|
337 else
|
|
|
338 #endif
|
|
|
339 {
|
|
|
340 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
341 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
342 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
343 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
344 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
345 }
|
|
|
346 }
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
348 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
349 {
|
|
|
350 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
351 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
352 {
|
|
|
353 beep_flush();
|
|
|
354 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
355 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
356 }
|
|
|
357 else
|
|
|
358 #endif
|
|
|
359 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
360 }
|
|
|
361 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
362 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
363 {
|
|
|
364 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
365 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
366 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
367 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
368 }
|
|
|
369 #endif
|
|
|
370 else
|
|
|
371 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
373 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
375 /*
|
|
|
376 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
377 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
378 */
|
|
|
379 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
381 /*
|
|
|
382 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
383 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
384 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
385 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
386 */
|
|
|
387 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
388 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
389 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
390 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
391 #endif
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
394 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
395 #endif
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
398 setmouse();
|
|
|
399 #endif
|
|
|
400 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
401 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
402 #endif
|
|
|
403 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
404 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
405 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
406 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
407 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
408 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
409 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
410 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
411 #endif
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 /*
|
|
|
414 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
415 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
416 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
417 */
|
|
|
418 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
419 {
|
|
|
420 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
421 /*
|
|
|
422 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
423 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
424 */
|
|
|
425 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
426 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
427 else
|
|
|
428 #endif
|
|
|
429 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
430 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
432 /*
|
|
|
433 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
434 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
435 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
436 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
437 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
438 */
|
|
|
439 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
440 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
441 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
442 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
443 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
444 {
|
|
|
445 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
446 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
448 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
449 {
|
|
|
450 i = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
451 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
452 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
453 }
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455 }
|
|
230
|
456 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
457 }
|
|
|
458 else
|
|
|
459 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
461 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
462 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
465 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
467 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
468 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
469 #endif
|
|
|
470 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
471 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
472 #endif
|
|
|
473 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
474 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
475 * restarting. */
|
|
|
476 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
477 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
478 #endif
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 /*
|
|
|
481 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
482 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
483 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
484 */
|
|
|
485 i = 0;
|
|
|
486 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
487 i = showmode();
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
490 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
493 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
494 #endif
|
|
|
495 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
496 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
497 #endif
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 /*
|
|
|
500 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
501 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
502 */
|
|
|
503 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
504 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
505 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
506 else
|
|
|
507 {
|
|
|
508 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
509 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
510 }
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 /*
|
|
|
515 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
516 */
|
|
|
517 for (;;)
|
|
|
518 {
|
|
|
519 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
520 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
521 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
522 else
|
|
|
523 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
524 #endif
|
|
|
525 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
526 count = 0;
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
529 {
|
|
|
530 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
531 count = 0;
|
|
|
532 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
536 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
537 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
540 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
541 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
542 {
|
|
|
543 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
544 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
545 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
546 }
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
548 /*
|
|
|
549 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
550 */
|
|
|
551 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
554 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
555 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
556 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
557 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
558 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
559 #endif
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
561 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
562 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
563 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
564 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
565 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
566 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
567 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
568 #endif
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 /*
|
|
|
571 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
572 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
573 * redraw.
|
|
|
574 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
575 * something.
|
|
|
576 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
577 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
578 */
|
|
|
579 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
580 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
581 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
582 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
583 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
584 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
585 #endif
|
|
|
586 )
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
589 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
591 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
592 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
593 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
594 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
595 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
596 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
597 #endif
|
|
|
598 ))
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
601 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
602 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
603 else
|
|
|
604 #endif
|
|
|
605 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
606 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
607 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
608 else
|
|
|
609 #endif
|
|
|
610 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
611 }
|
|
|
612 }
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
615 update_topline();
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 /*
|
|
|
622 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
623 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
624 */
|
|
|
625 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
628 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
629 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
630 #endif
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 update_curswant();
|
|
|
633 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
634 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
635 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
636 #endif
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
638 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
639 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
640 #endif
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 /*
|
|
|
643 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
644 */
|
|
|
645 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
646 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
649 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
650 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
651 #endif
|
|
|
652 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
653 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
654 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
655 #endif
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
658 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
659 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
|
660 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
|
661 #endif
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
663 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode
|
|
|
664 * selected with 'insertmode'. */
|
|
|
665 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
666 {
|
|
|
667 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
668 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
669 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
670 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
671 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
672 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
673 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
674 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G) /* it's something else */
|
|
|
675 {
|
|
|
676 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
677 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
678 }
|
|
|
679 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
680 continue;
|
|
|
681 else
|
|
|
682 {
|
|
|
683 count = 0;
|
|
|
684 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
685 }
|
|
|
686 }
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
688 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
689 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
690 #endif
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
692 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
693 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
694 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
695 #endif
|
|
|
696 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
697 {
|
|
|
698 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
699 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
700 continue;
|
|
|
701 }
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
703 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
704 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
705 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
706 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
707 # endif
|
|
|
708 )
|
|
|
709 {
|
|
|
710 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
711 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
712 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
713 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
714 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
715 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
716 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
717 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
718 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
719 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
720 }
|
|
|
721 #endif
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
724 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
725 switch (c)
|
|
|
726 {
|
|
|
727 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
728 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
729 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
730 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
731 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
732 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
|
734 #endif
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
736 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
737 /*
|
|
|
738 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
739 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
740 * characters.
|
|
|
741 */
|
|
|
742 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
743 continue;
|
|
|
744 #endif
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
746 /*
|
|
|
747 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
748 */
|
|
|
749 switch (c)
|
|
|
750 {
|
|
449
|
751 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
752 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
753 break;
|
|
|
754 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
755
|
|
449
|
756 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
757 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
758 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
759 {
|
|
|
760 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
761 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
762 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
763 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
764 }
|
|
|
765 #endif
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
767 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
768 do_intr:
|
|
|
769 #endif
|
|
|
770 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
771 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
772 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
773 {
|
|
|
774 if (got_int)
|
|
|
775 {
|
|
|
776 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
777 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
778 }
|
|
|
779 else
|
|
|
780 vim_beep();
|
|
|
781 break;
|
|
|
782 }
|
|
|
783 doESCkey:
|
|
|
784 /*
|
|
|
785 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
786 */
|
|
|
787 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
788 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
789 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
790 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar))
|
|
11
|
793 {
|
|
|
794 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
795 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
796 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
797 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
798 #endif
|
|
7
|
799 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
800 }
|
|
7
|
801 continue;
|
|
|
802
|
|
449
|
803 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
804 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
805 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
806 break;
|
|
|
807
|
|
|
808 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
809 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
810 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
811 break;
|
|
|
812 #endif
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
815 break;
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
817 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
818 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
819 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
820 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
821 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
822 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
824 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
|
825 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
826 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
|
827 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
828 #endif
|
|
|
829 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
830 break;
|
|
|
831 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
832 count = 0;
|
|
|
833 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
836 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
837 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
838 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
839 #endif
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
842 case K_F1:
|
|
|
843 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
844 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
845 if (p_im)
|
|
|
846 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
847 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
849 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
850 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
851 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
852 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
853 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
854 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
855 break;
|
|
|
856 #endif
|
|
|
857
|
|
|
858 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
859 case NUL:
|
|
|
860 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
861 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
862 * error. */
|
|
7
|
863 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
864 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
865 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
866 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
867 break;
|
|
|
868
|
|
449
|
869 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
870 ins_reg();
|
|
|
871 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
872 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
873 break;
|
|
|
874
|
|
449
|
875 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
876 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878
|
|
449
|
879 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
880 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
881 break;
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
883 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
884 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
885 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
886 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
887 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
888 break;
|
|
|
889 #endif
|
|
|
890
|
|
449
|
891 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
892 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
893 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
894 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
895 #endif
|
|
|
896 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
897
|
|
449
|
898 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
899 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
900 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
901 {
|
|
449
|
902 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
903 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
904 break;
|
|
7
|
905 }
|
|
|
906 # endif
|
|
|
907 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
908 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
909 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
910 break;
|
|
|
911
|
|
449
|
912 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
913 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
914 ins_del();
|
|
|
915 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
916 break;
|
|
|
917
|
|
449
|
918 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
919 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
920 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
921 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
922 break;
|
|
|
923
|
|
449
|
924 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
925 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
926 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
927 break;
|
|
|
928
|
|
449
|
929 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
930 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
931 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
932 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
933 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
934 # endif
|
|
7
|
935 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
936 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
937 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
938 break;
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
940 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
941 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
942 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
943 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
944 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
945 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
946 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
947 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
948 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
949 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
950 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
951 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
952 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
953 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
954 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
955 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
956 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
957 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
958 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
959 break;
|
|
|
960
|
|
449
|
961 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
962 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
963 break;
|
|
|
964
|
|
449
|
965 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
966 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
967 break;
|
|
|
968 #endif
|
|
|
969
|
|
449
|
970 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
971 break;
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
974 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
975 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
976 break;
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
979 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
980 break;
|
|
|
981 #endif
|
|
|
982
|
|
449
|
983 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
984 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
985 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
986 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
987 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
988 break;
|
|
|
989
|
|
449
|
990 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
991 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
992 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
993 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
994 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
995 break;
|
|
|
996
|
|
449
|
997 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
998 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
999 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1000 else
|
|
|
1001 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1002 break;
|
|
|
1003
|
|
449
|
1004 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1005 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1006 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1007 break;
|
|
|
1008
|
|
449
|
1009 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1010 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1011 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1012 else
|
|
|
1013 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1014 break;
|
|
|
1015
|
|
449
|
1016 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1017 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1018 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1019 break;
|
|
|
1020
|
|
449
|
1021 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1022 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1023 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1024 else
|
|
|
1025 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1026 break;
|
|
|
1027
|
|
449
|
1028 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1029 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1030 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1031 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1032 break;
|
|
|
1033
|
|
449
|
1034 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1035 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1036 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1037 else
|
|
|
1038 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1039 break;
|
|
|
1040
|
|
449
|
1041 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1042 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1043 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1044 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1045 break;
|
|
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1048 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1049 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1050 break;
|
|
|
1051 #endif
|
|
|
1052
|
|
449
|
1053 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1054 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1055 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1056
|
|
449
|
1057 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1058 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1059 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1060 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1061 #endif
|
|
|
1062 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1063 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1064 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1065 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1066 break;
|
|
|
1067
|
|
449
|
1068 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1069 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1070 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1071 case CAR:
|
|
|
1072 case NL:
|
|
|
1073 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1074 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1075 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1076 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1077 {
|
|
|
1078 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1079 break;
|
|
|
1080 }
|
|
|
1081 #endif
|
|
|
1082 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1083 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1084 {
|
|
|
1085 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1086 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1087 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1088 }
|
|
|
1089 #endif
|
|
|
1090 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1091 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1092 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1093 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1094 break;
|
|
|
1095
|
|
|
1096 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1097 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1098 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1099 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1100 {
|
|
449
|
1101 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1102 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1103 break;
|
|
7
|
1104 }
|
|
|
1105 # endif
|
|
|
1106 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1107 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1108 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1109 break;
|
|
|
1110 # endif
|
|
|
1111 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1112 #endif
|
|
7
|
1113
|
|
|
1114 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
449
|
1115 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1116 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1117 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1118 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1119
|
|
449
|
1120 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1121 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1122 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1123 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1124 #endif
|
|
|
1125
|
|
449
|
1126 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1127 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1128 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1129 #endif
|
|
|
1130 {
|
|
|
1131 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1132 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1133 {
|
|
|
1134 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1135 break;
|
|
|
1136 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1137 }
|
|
|
1138 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1139 }
|
|
|
1140 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1141 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1142
|
|
449
|
1143 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1144 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1145 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1146 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1147 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1148 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1149 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1150 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 docomplete:
|
|
|
1153 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1154 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1155 break;
|
|
|
1156 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1157
|
|
449
|
1158 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1159 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1160 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1161 break;
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 default:
|
|
|
1164 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1165 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1166 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1167 #endif
|
|
|
1168
|
|
|
1169 /*
|
|
|
1170 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1171 */
|
|
|
1172 normalchar:
|
|
|
1173 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1174 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1175 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1176 #endif
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1179 {
|
|
|
1180 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1181 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1182 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1183 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1184 #endif
|
|
|
1185 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1186 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1187 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1188 }
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1192 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1193 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1194 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1195 #endif
|
|
|
1196 c))
|
|
|
1197 {
|
|
|
1198 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1199 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1200 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1201 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1202 #endif
|
|
|
1203 }
|
|
|
1204
|
|
|
1205 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1208 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1209 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1210 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1211 #endif
|
|
|
1212 break;
|
|
|
1213 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1214
|
|
|
1215 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1216 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1217 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1220 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1221 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1222 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1223 # endif
|
|
|
1224 )
|
|
|
1225 {
|
|
|
1226 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1227 /*
|
|
|
1228 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1229 */
|
|
|
1230 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1231 {
|
|
|
1232 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1233 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1234 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1235 }
|
|
|
1236 }
|
|
|
1237 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1238
|
|
|
1239 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1240 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1241 }
|
|
|
1242
|
|
|
1243 /*
|
|
|
1244 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1245 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1246 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1247 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1248 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1249 */
|
|
|
1250 static void
|
|
|
1251 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1252 {
|
|
|
1253 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1254 {
|
|
|
1255 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1256 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1257 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1258 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1259 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1260 setcursor();
|
|
|
1261 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1262 }
|
|
|
1263 }
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 /*
|
|
|
1266 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1267 */
|
|
|
1268 static void
|
|
|
1269 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1270 {
|
|
|
1271 int c;
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1274 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1277 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1278 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1279
|
|
|
1280 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1281 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1282 #endif
|
|
|
1283
|
|
|
1284 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1285 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1286 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1287 #endif
|
|
|
1288 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1289 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1290 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1291 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1292 #endif
|
|
|
1293 }
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 /*
|
|
|
1296 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1297 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1298 */
|
|
|
1299 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1300 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1301 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1302 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1303 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1305 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1306 #else
|
|
|
1307 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1308 #endif
|
|
|
1309 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1310 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1311 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 void
|
|
|
1314 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1315 int c;
|
|
|
1316 int highlight;
|
|
|
1317 {
|
|
|
1318 int attr;
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1321 {
|
|
|
1322 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1323 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1324 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1325 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1326 else
|
|
|
1327 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1328 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1329 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1330 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1331 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1332 #endif
|
|
|
1333 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1334 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1335 {
|
|
|
1336 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1337 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1338 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1339 {
|
|
|
1340 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1343 {
|
|
|
1344 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1345 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1346 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1347 }
|
|
|
1348 }
|
|
|
1349 # endif
|
|
|
1350 }
|
|
|
1351 else
|
|
|
1352 #endif
|
|
|
1353 {
|
|
|
1354 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1355 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1356 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1357 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1358 #endif
|
|
|
1359 }
|
|
|
1360
|
|
|
1361 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1362 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1363 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1364 #endif
|
|
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1367 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1368 }
|
|
|
1369 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1370 }
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 /*
|
|
|
1374 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1375 */
|
|
|
1376 void
|
|
|
1377 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1378 {
|
|
|
1379 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1380 {
|
|
|
1381 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1382 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1383 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1384 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1385 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1386 else
|
|
|
1387 #endif
|
|
|
1388 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1389 }
|
|
|
1390 }
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 /*
|
|
|
1393 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1394 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1395 */
|
|
|
1396 void
|
|
|
1397 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1398 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1399 {
|
|
|
1400 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1401
|
|
|
1402 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1403 return;
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1406 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1407 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1408 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1409 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1410 {
|
|
|
1411 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1414 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1415 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1416 }
|
|
|
1417 #endif
|
|
|
1418 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1419 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1420 {
|
|
|
1421 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1422 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1423 }
|
|
|
1424 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1425 }
|
|
|
1426
|
|
|
1427 /*
|
|
|
1428 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1429 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1430 */
|
|
|
1431 static void
|
|
|
1432 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1435 {
|
|
|
1436 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1437 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 /*
|
|
|
1442 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1443 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1444 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1445 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1446 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1447 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1448 */
|
|
|
1449 void
|
|
|
1450 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1451 int type;
|
|
|
1452 int amount;
|
|
|
1453 int round;
|
|
|
1454 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1455 {
|
|
|
1456 int vcol;
|
|
|
1457 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1458 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1459 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1460 int i;
|
|
|
1461 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1462 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1463 int start_col;
|
|
|
1464 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1465 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1466 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1467 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1470 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1471 {
|
|
|
1472 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1473 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1474 }
|
|
|
1475 #endif
|
|
|
1476
|
|
|
1477 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1478 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1479 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1480 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1481 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 /*
|
|
|
1484 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1485 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1486 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1487 */
|
|
|
1488 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1491 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1492 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1493 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1496
|
|
|
1497 /*
|
|
|
1498 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1499 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1500 */
|
|
|
1501 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1502 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1503
|
|
|
1504 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1505 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1506
|
|
|
1507 /*
|
|
|
1508 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1509 */
|
|
|
1510 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1511 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1512 else
|
|
|
1513 {
|
|
|
1514 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1515 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1516
|
|
|
1517 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1518 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1519 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1520 #endif
|
|
|
1521 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1522 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1523 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1524 #endif
|
|
|
1525 }
|
|
|
1526 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 /*
|
|
|
1529 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1530 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1531 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1532 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1533 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1534 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1535 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1536 */
|
|
|
1537 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1538 {
|
|
|
1539 /*
|
|
|
1540 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1541 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1542 */
|
|
|
1543 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1544 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1545 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1548 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1549 else
|
|
|
1550 {
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1553 */
|
|
|
1554 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1555 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1556
|
|
|
1557 /*
|
|
|
1558 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1559 */
|
|
|
1560 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1561 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1562 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1563 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1564 {
|
|
|
1565 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1567 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1568 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
|
1569 else
|
|
|
1570 #endif
|
|
|
1571 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1572 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 /*
|
|
|
1577 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1578 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1579 */
|
|
|
1580 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1581 {
|
|
|
1582 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1583 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1584 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1585 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1586 {
|
|
|
1587 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1588 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1589 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1590 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1591 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1592 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1593 }
|
|
|
1594 }
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596 /*
|
|
|
1597 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1598 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1599 */
|
|
|
1600 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1601 }
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1606 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1607 else
|
|
|
1608 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1609 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1610 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 /*
|
|
|
1613 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1614 */
|
|
|
1615 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1616 {
|
|
|
1617 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1618 {
|
|
|
1619 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1620 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1621 else
|
|
|
1622 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1623 }
|
|
|
1624 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1625 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1626 else
|
|
|
1627 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1628 }
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 /*
|
|
|
1631 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1632 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1633 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1634 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1635 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1636 */
|
|
|
1637 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1638 {
|
|
|
1639 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1640 {
|
|
|
1641 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1642 --start_col;
|
|
|
1643 }
|
|
|
1644 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1645 {
|
|
|
1646 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1647 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1648 {
|
|
|
1649 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1650 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1651 }
|
|
|
1652 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1653 }
|
|
|
1654 }
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1657 /*
|
|
|
1658 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1659 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1660 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1661 */
|
|
|
1662 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1663 {
|
|
|
1664 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1665 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1666 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1667 return;
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1670 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1671 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1672 return;
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1675 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1676
|
|
|
1677 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1678 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1679 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1682 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1685 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689 #endif
|
|
|
1690 }
|
|
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 /*
|
|
|
1693 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1694 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1695 * modes.
|
|
|
1696 */
|
|
|
1697 void
|
|
|
1698 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1699 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1700 {
|
|
|
1701 int i;
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1704 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1705 {
|
|
|
1706 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1707 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1708 }
|
|
|
1709 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1710 }
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1713 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1716 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1717 */
|
|
|
1718 void
|
|
|
1719 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1720 int col;
|
|
|
1721 {
|
|
|
1722 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1723 {
|
|
|
1724 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1725 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1726 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1727 else
|
|
|
1728 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1729 }
|
|
|
1730 }
|
|
|
1731 #endif
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1734 /*
|
|
449
|
1735 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1736 */
|
|
|
1737 static void
|
|
|
1738 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1739 {
|
|
|
1740 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1741 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1742 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1743 {
|
|
|
1744 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1745 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1746 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1747 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1748 else
|
|
|
1749 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1750 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1751 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1752 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1753 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1754 showmode();
|
|
|
1755 }
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757
|
|
|
1758 /*
|
|
|
1759 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1760 */
|
|
|
1761 static int
|
|
|
1762 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1763 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1764 {
|
|
|
1765 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1766 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1767 {
|
|
|
1768 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1769 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1770 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1771 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1772 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1773 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1774 {
|
|
|
1775 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1776 setcursor();
|
|
|
1777 out_flush();
|
|
|
1778 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1779 }
|
|
|
1780 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1781 }
|
|
|
1782 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1783 }
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 /*
|
|
7
|
1786 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1787 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1788 */
|
|
|
1789 int
|
|
|
1790 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1791 int c;
|
|
|
1792 {
|
|
|
1793 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1794 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1795 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1798 {
|
|
|
1799 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1800 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1801 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1802 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1803 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1804 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1805 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
|
1806 || c == Ctrl_Q);
|
|
|
1807 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1808 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1809 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1810 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1811 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1812 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1813 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1814 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1815 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1816 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1817 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1818 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1819 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1820 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1821 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1822 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1823 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1824 #endif
|
|
|
1825 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1826 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1827 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1828 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1829 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1830 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1831 #endif
|
|
|
1832 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
|
1833 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1834 }
|
|
|
1835 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1836 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1837 }
|
|
|
1838
|
|
|
1839 /*
|
|
|
1840 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1841 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1842 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1843 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1844 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1845 */
|
|
|
1846 int
|
|
|
1847 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1848 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1849 int len;
|
|
|
1850 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1851 int dir;
|
|
|
1852 int reuse;
|
|
|
1853 {
|
|
|
1854 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1855 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1856 int idx;
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1861 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1862 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1865 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1866 {
|
|
|
1867 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1868 {
|
|
|
1869 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1870 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1873 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1874 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1875 break;
|
|
|
1876 }
|
|
|
1877 }
|
|
|
1878 }
|
|
|
1879
|
|
|
1880 /*
|
|
|
1881 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1882 * upper case.
|
|
|
1883 */
|
|
|
1884 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1885 {
|
|
449
|
1886 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1887 {
|
|
449
|
1888 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
1889 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1890 {
|
|
|
1891 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1892 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1893 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1894 break;
|
|
|
1895 }
|
|
449
|
1896 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
1897 }
|
|
|
1898 }
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
1901 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
1904 }
|
|
|
1905 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
1906 }
|
|
|
1907
|
|
|
1908 /*
|
|
|
1909 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1910 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1911 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
1912 * maybe because alloc returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1913 */
|
|
|
1914 static int
|
|
|
1915 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1916 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1917 int len;
|
|
|
1918 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1919 int dir;
|
|
|
1920 int reuse;
|
|
|
1921 {
|
|
|
1922 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
1924 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
1925 if (got_int)
|
|
|
1926 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
1927 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
1928 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
1929
|
|
|
1930 /*
|
|
|
1931 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
1932 */
|
|
449
|
1933 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
1934 {
|
|
|
1935 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
1936 do
|
|
|
1937 {
|
|
|
1938 if ( !(match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1939 && STRNCMP(match->str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
1940 && match->str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
1941 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1942 match = match->next;
|
|
449
|
1943 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
1944 }
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 /*
|
|
|
1947 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
1948 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
1949 */
|
|
|
1950 match = (struct Completion *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct Completion));
|
|
|
1951 if (match == NULL)
|
|
|
1952 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
1953 match->number = -1;
|
|
|
1954 if (reuse & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1955 {
|
|
|
1956 match->number = 0;
|
|
449
|
1957 match->str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
7
|
1958 }
|
|
|
1959 else if ((match->str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
|
1960 {
|
|
|
1961 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
1962 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
1963 }
|
|
|
1964 /* match-fname is:
|
|
449
|
1965 * - compl_curr_match->fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
1966 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
1967 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
1968 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->fname
|
|
|
1969 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->fname) == 0)
|
|
|
1970 match->fname = compl_curr_match->fname;
|
|
7
|
1971 else if (fname && (match->fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1972 reuse |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
|
1973 else
|
|
|
1974 match->fname = NULL;
|
|
|
1975 match->original = reuse;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /*
|
|
|
1978 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
1979 */
|
|
449
|
1980 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
1981 match->next = match->prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1982 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
1983 {
|
|
449
|
1984 match->next = compl_curr_match->next;
|
|
|
1985 match->prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
1986 }
|
|
|
1987 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
1988 {
|
|
449
|
1989 match->next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
1990 match->prev = compl_curr_match->prev;
|
|
7
|
1991 }
|
|
|
1992 if (match->next)
|
|
|
1993 match->next->prev = match;
|
|
|
1994 if (match->prev)
|
|
|
1995 match->prev->next = match;
|
|
|
1996 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
1997 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
1998 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 return OK;
|
|
|
2001 }
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 /*
|
|
|
2004 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2005 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2006 */
|
|
|
2007 static void
|
|
|
2008 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2009 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2010 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2011 int dir;
|
|
|
2012 {
|
|
|
2013 int i;
|
|
|
2014 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2015 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != RET_ERROR; i++)
|
|
|
2018 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2019 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2020 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2021 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2022 }
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
2024 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2025 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2026 */
|
|
|
2027 static int
|
|
|
2028 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2029 {
|
|
|
2030 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2031 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2032
|
|
449
|
2033 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2034 {
|
|
|
2035 /*
|
|
|
2036 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2037 */
|
|
449
|
2038 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2039 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
|
2040 while (match->next != NULL && match->next != compl_first_match)
|
|
7
|
2041 {
|
|
|
2042 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2043 ++count;
|
|
|
2044 }
|
|
449
|
2045 match->next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2046 compl_first_match->prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2047 }
|
|
|
2048 return count;
|
|
|
2049 }
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2052 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2053 /*
|
|
|
2054 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2055 * completions.
|
|
|
2056 */
|
|
|
2057 static void
|
|
|
2058 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2059 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2060 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2061 int dir;
|
|
|
2062 int flags;
|
|
|
2063 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2064 {
|
|
|
2065 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2066 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2067 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2068 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2069 int add_r;
|
|
|
2070 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2071 int count;
|
|
|
2072 int i;
|
|
|
2073 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2076 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2077 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2078 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2079 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2080 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2081 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2082 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2083 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2084 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2085 {
|
|
|
2086 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2087 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2088 {
|
|
|
2089 count = 1;
|
|
|
2090 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2091 }
|
|
|
2092 else
|
|
|
2093 {
|
|
|
2094 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2095 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2096 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2097 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2098 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2099 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2100 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2101 count = 0;
|
|
|
2102 }
|
|
|
2103
|
|
449
|
2104 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2105 {
|
|
|
2106 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2107 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2108 {
|
|
274
|
2109 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2110 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2111 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2112 }
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2115 {
|
|
|
2116 /*
|
|
|
2117 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2118 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2119 */
|
|
449
|
2120 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2121 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2122 {
|
|
|
2123 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2124 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2125 {
|
|
|
2126 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2127 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2128 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2129 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2130 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2131 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2132 {
|
|
|
2133 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 /*
|
|
|
2136 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2137 */
|
|
|
2138 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2139 {
|
|
|
2140 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2141 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2142 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2143 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2144 break;
|
|
|
2145 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2146
|
|
|
2147 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2149 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2150 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2151 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2152 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2153 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2154 {
|
|
|
2155 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2158 break;
|
|
|
2159 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2160 }
|
|
|
2161 else
|
|
|
2162 #endif
|
|
|
2163 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2164 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2165 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2166 }
|
|
|
2167 }
|
|
|
2168 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2169 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2170 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2171 else if (add_r == RET_ERROR)
|
|
|
2172 break;
|
|
|
2173 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2174 * of line */
|
|
|
2175 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2176 break;
|
|
|
2177 }
|
|
|
2178 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2179 ins_compl_check_keys();
|
|
|
2180 }
|
|
|
2181 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2182 }
|
|
|
2183 }
|
|
|
2184 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2185 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2186 if (flags)
|
|
|
2187 break;
|
|
|
2188 }
|
|
|
2189 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2190 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2191 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2192 }
|
|
|
2193
|
|
|
2194 /*
|
|
|
2195 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2196 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2197 */
|
|
|
2198 char_u *
|
|
|
2199 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2200 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2201 {
|
|
|
2202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2203 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2204 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
|
2205 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2206 else
|
|
|
2207 #endif
|
|
|
2208 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2209 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2210 return ptr;
|
|
|
2211 }
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 /*
|
|
|
2214 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2215 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2216 */
|
|
|
2217 char_u *
|
|
|
2218 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2219 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2220 {
|
|
|
2221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2222 int start_class;
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2225 {
|
|
|
2226 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2227 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2228 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2229 {
|
|
|
2230 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2231 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2232 break;
|
|
|
2233 }
|
|
|
2234 }
|
|
|
2235 else
|
|
|
2236 #endif
|
|
|
2237 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2238 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2239 return ptr;
|
|
|
2240 }
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 /*
|
|
|
2243 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2244 */
|
|
|
2245 static void
|
|
|
2246 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2247 {
|
|
|
2248 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2249
|
|
449
|
2250 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2251 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
2252
|
|
|
2253 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2254 return;
|
|
449
|
2255 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2256 do
|
|
|
2257 {
|
|
449
|
2258 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2259 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->next;
|
|
7
|
2260 vim_free(match->str);
|
|
|
2261 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
|
2262 if (match->original & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2263 vim_free(match->fname);
|
|
|
2264 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2265 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2266 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2267 }
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 static void
|
|
|
2270 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2271 {
|
|
449
|
2272 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2273 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2274 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2275 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2276 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2277 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2278 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 /*
|
|
|
2282 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
|
2283 */
|
|
|
2284 static void
|
|
|
2285 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2286 int c;
|
|
|
2287 {
|
|
|
2288 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2289 int temp;
|
|
|
2290 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2291
|
|
|
2292 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2293 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2294 */
|
|
|
2295 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2296 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2299 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2300 return;
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2303 {
|
|
|
2304 /*
|
|
|
2305 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2306 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2307 */
|
|
|
2308 switch (c)
|
|
|
2309 {
|
|
|
2310 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2311 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2312 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2313 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2314 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2315 else
|
|
|
2316 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2317 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2318 showmode();
|
|
|
2319 break;
|
|
|
2320 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2321 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2322 break;
|
|
|
2323 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2324 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2325 break;
|
|
|
2326 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2327 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2328 break;
|
|
|
2329 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2330 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2331 break;
|
|
|
2332 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2333 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2334 break;
|
|
12
|
2335 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2336 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2337 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2338 break;
|
|
|
2339 #endif
|
|
449
|
2340 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
2341 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OCCULT;
|
|
|
2342 break;
|
|
7
|
2343 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2344 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2345 break;
|
|
|
2346 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2347 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2348 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2349 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2350 break;
|
|
|
2351 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2352 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2353 break;
|
|
|
2354 #endif
|
|
|
2355 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2356 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2357 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2358 break;
|
|
|
2359 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2360 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2361 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2362 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2363 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2364 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2365 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2366 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2367 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2368 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2369 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2370 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2371 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2372 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2373 default:
|
|
449
|
2374 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2375 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2376 * mode).
|
|
|
2377 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2378 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2379 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2380 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2381 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2382 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2383 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2384 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2385 {
|
|
449
|
2386 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2387 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2388 else
|
|
449
|
2389 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2390 }
|
|
|
2391 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2392 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2393 showmode();
|
|
|
2394 break;
|
|
|
2395 }
|
|
|
2396 }
|
|
|
2397 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2398 {
|
|
|
2399 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2400 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2401 {
|
|
|
2402 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2403 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2404 else
|
|
|
2405 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2406 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2407 }
|
|
|
2408 showmode();
|
|
|
2409 }
|
|
|
2410
|
|
449
|
2411 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2412 {
|
|
|
2413 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2414 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2415 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2416 showmode();
|
|
|
2417 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2418 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2419 {
|
|
|
2420 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2421 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2422 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2423 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2424 {
|
|
449
|
2425 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2426
|
|
7
|
2427 /*
|
|
|
2428 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2429 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2430 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2431 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2432 */
|
|
449
|
2433 ptr = compl_curr_match->str;
|
|
|
2434 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2435 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2436 {
|
|
449
|
2437 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2438 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2439 }
|
|
449
|
2440 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2441 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2442 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2443 }
|
|
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2446 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2447 #endif
|
|
|
2448 /*
|
|
|
2449 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2450 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2451 */
|
|
449
|
2452 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2453 {
|
|
|
2454 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2455 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2456 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2457 {
|
|
|
2458 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2459 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2460 }
|
|
|
2461 #endif
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463 else
|
|
|
2464 {
|
|
|
2465 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2466 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2467 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2468 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2469 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2470 }
|
|
|
2471
|
|
|
2472 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2475 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2476 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2477 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2478 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2479 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2480 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2481 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2482 {
|
|
|
2483 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2484 showmode();
|
|
|
2485 }
|
|
|
2486
|
|
|
2487 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2488 /*
|
|
|
2489 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2490 */
|
|
|
2491 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2492 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2493 #endif
|
|
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495 }
|
|
|
2496
|
|
|
2497 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2498 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2499 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
449
|
2501 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2502 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2503 }
|
|
|
2504 }
|
|
|
2505
|
|
|
2506 /*
|
|
|
2507 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2508 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2509 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2510 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2511 *
|
|
|
2512 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2513 */
|
|
|
2514 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2515 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2516 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2517 int flag;
|
|
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2520 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2521 #endif
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2524 {
|
|
|
2525 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2526 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2527 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
2528 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
2529 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2530 ;
|
|
|
2531 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2532 #else
|
|
|
2533 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2534 #endif
|
|
|
2535 }
|
|
|
2536 else
|
|
|
2537 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2538 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2539 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
2540 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
2541 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2542 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2543 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2544 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2545 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2546 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2547 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2548 ;
|
|
|
2549 return buf;
|
|
|
2550 }
|
|
|
2551
|
|
12
|
2552 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
452
|
2553 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2554
|
|
|
2555 /*
|
|
452
|
2556 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get matches in
|
|
|
2557 * "matches".
|
|
|
2558 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
2559 */
|
|
|
2560 static int
|
|
452
|
2561 expand_by_function(col, base, matches)
|
|
12
|
2562 int col;
|
|
|
2563 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2564 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2565 {
|
|
452
|
2566 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
|
2567 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
2568 char_u *args[3];
|
|
|
2569 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
2570 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2571 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2572
|
|
|
2573 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
|
2574 return 0;
|
|
|
2575
|
|
|
2576 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2577 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
|
2578 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (int)STRLEN(base));
|
|
|
2579 args[1] = colbuf;
|
|
|
2580 args[2] = base;
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 matchlist = call_func_retlist(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2583 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
|
2584 return 0;
|
|
|
2585
|
|
|
2586 /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
|
|
|
2587 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
|
|
|
2588 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
2589 {
|
|
|
2590 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
2591 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
2592 {
|
|
|
2593 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2594 break;
|
|
|
2595 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
2596 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2597 }
|
|
|
2598 }
|
|
|
2599
|
|
|
2600 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
2601 *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2602 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
12
|
2603 }
|
|
|
2604 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2605
|
|
449
|
2606 static int expand_occult __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
|
2607
|
|
7
|
2608 /*
|
|
449
|
2609 * Perform occult completion'
|
|
|
2610 * Return value is number of candidates and array of candidates as "matchp".
|
|
|
2611 */
|
|
|
2612 static int
|
|
|
2613 expand_occult(lnum, col, pat, matchp)
|
|
|
2614 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2615 int col;
|
|
|
2616 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2617 char_u ***matchp;
|
|
|
2618 {
|
|
|
2619 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2620
|
|
|
2621 /* Use tag completion for now. */
|
|
|
2622 if (find_tags(pat, &num_matches, matchp,
|
|
|
2623 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2624 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2625 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2626 return 0;
|
|
|
2627 return num_matches;
|
|
|
2628 }
|
|
|
2629
|
|
|
2630 /*
|
|
|
2631 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
|
2632 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2633 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
2634 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
2635 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
2636 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
2637 */
|
|
|
2638 static int
|
|
|
2639 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2640 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2641 int dir;
|
|
|
2642 {
|
|
|
2643 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2644 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2645 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
2646 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
2647 certain type. */
|
|
|
2648 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2651 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2652 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2653 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2654 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2655 int i;
|
|
|
2656 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2657 int len;
|
|
|
2658 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2659 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2660 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2661 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2662 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2663 struct Completion *old_match;
|
|
|
2664
|
|
449
|
2665 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2666 {
|
|
|
2667 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2668 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2669 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2670 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
2671 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
2672 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2673 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2674 }
|
|
|
2675
|
|
449
|
2676 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
7
|
2677 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2678 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2679 for (;;)
|
|
|
2680 {
|
|
|
2681 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2682
|
|
449
|
2683 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
2684 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2685 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2686 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
2687 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
2688 {
|
|
|
2689 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2690 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2691 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2692 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2693 {
|
|
|
2694 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2695 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2696 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2697 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2698 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2699 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2700 type = 0;
|
|
|
2701 }
|
|
|
2702 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2703 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2704 {
|
|
|
2705 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2706 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2707 {
|
|
449
|
2708 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2709 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2710 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2711 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2712 type = 0;
|
|
|
2713 }
|
|
|
2714 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2715 {
|
|
|
2716 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2717 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2718 continue;
|
|
|
2719 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2720 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2721 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2722 }
|
|
274
|
2723 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
2724 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2725 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2726 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2727 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2728 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2729 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2730 }
|
|
|
2731 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2732 break;
|
|
|
2733 else
|
|
|
2734 {
|
|
|
2735 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2736 type = -1;
|
|
|
2737 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2738 {
|
|
|
2739 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2740 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2741 else
|
|
|
2742 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2743 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2744 {
|
|
|
2745 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2746 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2747 }
|
|
|
2748 }
|
|
|
2749 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2750 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2751 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2752 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2753 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2754 #endif
|
|
|
2755 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2756 {
|
|
|
2757 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2758 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2759 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2760 }
|
|
|
2761 else
|
|
|
2762 type = -1;
|
|
|
2763
|
|
|
2764 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2765 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2768 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2769 continue;
|
|
|
2770 }
|
|
|
2771 }
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
2773 switch (type)
|
|
|
2774 {
|
|
|
2775 case -1:
|
|
|
2776 break;
|
|
|
2777 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2778 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2779 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
449
|
2780 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
|
2781 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
2782 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
2783 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
2784 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2785 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2786 break;
|
|
|
2787 #endif
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2790 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2791 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2792 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2793 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2794 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2795 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2796 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2797 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2798 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2799 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
449
|
2800 compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
7
|
2801 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2802 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2803 break;
|
|
|
2804
|
|
|
2805 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2806 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2807 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
2808 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
2809
|
|
|
2810 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
2811 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
2812 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
2813 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2814 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2815 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2816 {
|
|
|
2817 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2818 }
|
|
|
2819 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2820 break;
|
|
|
2821
|
|
|
2822 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
2823 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
2824 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2825 {
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
2828 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
2829 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2830 }
|
|
|
2831 break;
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
2834 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
2835 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
2836 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2837 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2838 break;
|
|
|
2839
|
|
12
|
2840 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2841 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
452
|
2842 num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.col,
|
|
|
2843 compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
12
|
2844 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2845 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2846 break;
|
|
|
2847 #endif
|
|
|
2848
|
|
449
|
2849 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
|
2850 num_matches = expand_occult(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2851 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
2852 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2853 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2854 break;
|
|
|
2855
|
|
7
|
2856 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2857 /*
|
|
|
2858 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2859 */
|
|
|
2860 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2861 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2862 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
2863
|
|
7
|
2864 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2865 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2866 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2867 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2868 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2869 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2870 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2871 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2872 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2873 for (;;)
|
|
|
2874 {
|
|
|
2875 int reuse = 0;
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2878 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2879 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
2880 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
2881 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
449
|
2882 dir, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
2883 else
|
|
|
2884 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
449
|
2885 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
2886 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
2887 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2888 {
|
|
449
|
2889 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
2890 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2891 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2892 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2893 }
|
|
|
2894 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2895 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2896 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2897 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2898 {
|
|
|
2899 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
2900 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2901 break;
|
|
|
2902 }
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
2905 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
2906 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
2907 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
2908 continue;
|
|
|
2909 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
2910 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2911 {
|
|
449
|
2912 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
2913 {
|
|
|
2914 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2915 continue;
|
|
|
2916 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2917 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
2918 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2919 }
|
|
|
2920 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2921 }
|
|
|
2922 else
|
|
|
2923 {
|
|
449
|
2924 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
2925
|
|
|
2926 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
2927 {
|
|
449
|
2928 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
2929 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
2930 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
2931 continue;
|
|
|
2932 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2933 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2934 }
|
|
|
2935 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
2936 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2937 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2938
|
|
449
|
2939 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2940 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
2941 {
|
|
|
2942 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2943 {
|
|
|
2944 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
2945 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
2946 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
2947 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
2948 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2949 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
2950 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2951 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2952 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2953 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2954 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
2955 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2956 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
2957 {
|
|
419
|
2958 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
2959 {
|
|
419
|
2960 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
2961 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2962 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
2963 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
2964 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
2965 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
2966 == NULL
|
|
419
|
2967 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
2968 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
2969 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2970 }
|
|
|
2971 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
2972 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
2973 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
2974 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2975 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2976 reuse |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
2977 }
|
|
|
2978 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
2979 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
2980 }
|
|
449
|
2981 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
2982 continue;
|
|
|
2983 }
|
|
|
2984 }
|
|
|
2985 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
2986 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
2987 dir, reuse) != FAIL)
|
|
|
2988 {
|
|
|
2989 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
2990 break;
|
|
|
2991 }
|
|
|
2992 }
|
|
|
2993 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2994 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2995 }
|
|
449
|
2996 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
2997 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
|
2998 if (compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
2999 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3002 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3003 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3004 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
7
|
3005 break;
|
|
|
3006
|
|
|
3007 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3008 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3009 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3010
|
|
449
|
3011 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3012 }
|
|
|
3013 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3014
|
|
|
3015 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3016 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3017 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3018
|
|
|
3019 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3020 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3021 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3022 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3023
|
|
|
3024 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3025 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3026 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3027 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->next : old_match->prev;
|
|
|
3028 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3029 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3030 return i;
|
|
|
3031 }
|
|
|
3032
|
|
|
3033 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3034 static void
|
|
|
3035 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3036 {
|
|
|
3037 int i;
|
|
|
3038
|
|
|
3039 /*
|
|
|
3040 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3041 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3042 */
|
|
449
|
3043 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3044 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3045 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3046 }
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3049 static void
|
|
|
3050 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3051 {
|
|
449
|
3052 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
7
|
3053 }
|
|
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 /*
|
|
|
3056 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
|
3057 * If allow_get_expansion is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to get
|
|
|
3058 * more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there are
|
|
|
3059 * no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when we
|
|
|
3060 * are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing through
|
|
|
3061 * the ones found so far.
|
|
|
3062 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3063 *
|
|
449
|
3064 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3065 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3066 *
|
|
|
3067 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
|
3068 * allow_get_expansion TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3069 * calls this function with allow_get_expansion FALSE.
|
|
|
3070 */
|
|
|
3071 static int
|
|
|
3072 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3073 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3074 {
|
|
|
3075 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3076 int i;
|
|
|
3077
|
|
|
3078 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3079 {
|
|
|
3080 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3081 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3082 }
|
|
449
|
3083 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
3084 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->next != NULL)
|
|
|
3085 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->next;
|
|
|
3086 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD && compl_shown_match->prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3087 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->prev;
|
|
7
|
3088 else
|
|
|
3089 {
|
|
449
|
3090 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3091 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3092 {
|
|
449
|
3093 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos,
|
|
|
3094 compl_direction);
|
|
|
3095 if (compl_pending)
|
|
7
|
3096 {
|
|
449
|
3097 if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3098 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
3099 }
|
|
|
3100 }
|
|
|
3101 else
|
|
|
3102 return -1;
|
|
|
3103 }
|
|
|
3104
|
|
|
3105 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3106 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3107
|
|
|
3108 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3109 {
|
|
|
3110 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3111 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3114 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3115 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3116 }
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 /*
|
|
|
3119 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3120 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3121 */
|
|
449
|
3122 if (compl_shown_match->fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3123 {
|
|
|
3124 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
449
|
3125 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3126 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3127 i = 0;
|
|
|
3128 else
|
|
|
3129 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
449
|
3130 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3131 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3132 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3133 }
|
|
|
3134
|
|
|
3135 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3136 }
|
|
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 /*
|
|
|
3139 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3140 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3141 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3142 * possible. -- webb
|
|
|
3143 */
|
|
|
3144 void
|
|
|
3145 ins_compl_check_keys()
|
|
|
3146 {
|
|
|
3147 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 int c;
|
|
|
3150
|
|
|
3151 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3152 * scripts */
|
|
|
3153 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3154 return;
|
|
|
3155
|
|
|
3156 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
|
3157 if (++count < CHECK_KEYS_TIME)
|
|
|
3158 return;
|
|
|
3159 count = 0;
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3162 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3163 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3164 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3165 {
|
|
|
3166 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3167 {
|
|
|
3168 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3169 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3170 compl_shows_dir = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3171 else
|
|
449
|
3172 compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
3173 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3174 }
|
|
|
3175 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3176 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3177 }
|
|
|
3178 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
3179 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3180 }
|
|
|
3181
|
|
|
3182 /*
|
|
|
3183 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3184 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3185 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3186 */
|
|
|
3187 static int
|
|
|
3188 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3189 int c;
|
|
7
|
3190 {
|
|
449
|
3191 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3192 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3193 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3194 int n;
|
|
7
|
3195
|
|
|
3196 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3197 compl_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3198 else
|
|
449
|
3199 compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3200 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3201 {
|
|
|
3202 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3205 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3206 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3209 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3210 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3211 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3212 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3213 #endif
|
|
|
3214 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3215 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3216
|
|
|
3217 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3218 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3221 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3222 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3223 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3224 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3225 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3226 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3227 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3228 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3229 {
|
|
|
3230 /*
|
|
|
3231 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3232 */
|
|
449
|
3233 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3234 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3235 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3236 {
|
|
449
|
3237 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3238 {
|
|
449
|
3239 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3240 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3241 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3242 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3243 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3244 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3245 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3246 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3247 }
|
|
|
3248 else
|
|
|
3249 {
|
|
|
3250 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3251 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3252 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3253 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3254 {
|
|
449
|
3255 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3256 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3257 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3258 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3259 }
|
|
449
|
3260 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3261 }
|
|
449
|
3262 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3263 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3264 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3265 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3266 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3267 {
|
|
449
|
3268 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3269 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3270 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3271 }
|
|
449
|
3272 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3273 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3274 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3275 }
|
|
|
3276 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3277 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3278 else
|
|
449
|
3279 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3280 }
|
|
|
3281 else
|
|
449
|
3282 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3283
|
|
|
3284 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3285 {
|
|
|
3286 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3287 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3288 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3289 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3290 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3291 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3292 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3293 }
|
|
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3296 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3297 {
|
|
449
|
3298 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3299 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3300 {
|
|
449
|
3301 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3302 {
|
|
449
|
3303 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3304 ;
|
|
449
|
3305 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3306 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3307 }
|
|
|
3308 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3309 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3310 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3311 else
|
|
449
|
3312 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3313 compl_length);
|
|
|
3314 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3315 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3316 }
|
|
449
|
3317 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3318 {
|
|
|
3319 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3322 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3323 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3324 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3325 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3326 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3327 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3328 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3329 && (
|
|
|
3330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3331 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3332 #else
|
|
449
|
3333 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3334 #endif
|
|
|
3335 )))
|
|
|
3336 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3337 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3338 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3339 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3340 }
|
|
449
|
3341 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3342 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3343 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3344 #else
|
|
449
|
3345 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3346 #endif
|
|
|
3347 )
|
|
|
3348 {
|
|
|
3349 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3350 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3351 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3352 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3353 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3354 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3355 }
|
|
|
3356 else
|
|
|
3357 {
|
|
|
3358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3359 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3360 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3361 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3362 {
|
|
|
3363 int base_class;
|
|
|
3364 int head_off;
|
|
|
3365
|
|
449
|
3366 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3367 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3368 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3369 {
|
|
449
|
3370 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3371 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3372 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3373 break;
|
|
449
|
3374 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376 }
|
|
|
3377 else
|
|
|
3378 #endif
|
|
449
|
3379 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3380 ;
|
|
449
|
3381 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3382 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3383 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3384 {
|
|
|
3385 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3386 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3387 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3388 */
|
|
449
|
3389 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3390 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3391 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3392 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3393 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3394 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3395 }
|
|
|
3396 else
|
|
|
3397 {
|
|
449
|
3398 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3399 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3400 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3401 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3402 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3403 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3404 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3405 }
|
|
|
3406 }
|
|
|
3407 }
|
|
|
3408 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3409 {
|
|
449
|
3410 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3411 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3412 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3413 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3414 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3415 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3416 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3417 else
|
|
449
|
3418 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3419 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3420 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3421 }
|
|
|
3422 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3423 {
|
|
449
|
3424 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3425 ;
|
|
449
|
3426 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3427 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3428 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3429 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3430 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3431 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3432 }
|
|
|
3433 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3434 {
|
|
449
|
3435 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3436 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3437 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3438 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3439 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3440 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3441 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
3442 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3443 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3444 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
3445 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3446 }
|
|
12
|
3447 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3448 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 /*
|
|
452
|
3451 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" is
|
|
|
3452 * 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
3453 */
|
|
452
|
3454 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
3455 char_u *args[3];
|
|
|
3456 int col;
|
|
12
|
3457
|
|
|
3458 /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
|
|
452
|
3459 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
12
|
3460 return FAIL;
|
|
452
|
3461
|
|
|
3462 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
3463 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", (int)curs_col);
|
|
|
3464 args[1] = colbuf;
|
|
|
3465 args[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
3466
|
|
|
3467 col = call_func_retnr(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3468 if (col < 0)
|
|
12
|
3469 return FAIL;
|
|
452
|
3470 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
3471 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
3472 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
3475 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
3476 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
3477 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
3478 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3479 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
12
|
3480 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3481 }
|
|
|
3482 #endif
|
|
449
|
3483 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
|
3484 {
|
|
|
3485 /* TODO: let language-specific function handle locating the text
|
|
452
|
3486 * to be completed. */
|
|
449
|
3487 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
|
3488 ;
|
|
|
3489 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3490 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3491 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3492 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3493 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3494 }
|
|
|
3495 else
|
|
|
3496 {
|
|
|
3497 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
3498 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3499 }
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
3501 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3502 {
|
|
|
3503 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3504 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3505 {
|
|
|
3506 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3507 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3508 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3509
|
|
|
3510 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3511 #endif
|
|
449
|
3512 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3513 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3514 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3515 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3516 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3517 #endif
|
|
449
|
3518 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
3519 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3520 }
|
|
|
3521 }
|
|
|
3522 else
|
|
|
3523 {
|
|
|
3524 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3525 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3526 }
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3529 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
3530 else
|
|
|
3531 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3532
|
|
|
3533 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
3534 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
3535 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3536 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3537 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
|
3538 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3539 {
|
|
|
3540 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3541 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
3542 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3543 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3544 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3545 }
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3548 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3549 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3550 */
|
|
|
3551 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3552 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3553 showmode();
|
|
|
3554 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3555 out_flush();
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557
|
|
449
|
3558 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3559 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
3560
|
|
|
3561 /*
|
|
|
3562 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3563 */
|
|
449
|
3564 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3565
|
|
|
3566 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3567 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
3568 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3569 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
3570 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3571
|
|
|
3572 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3573 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3574 {
|
|
|
3575 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3576 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3577 }
|
|
|
3578
|
|
449
|
3579 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
|
3580 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->next)
|
|
|
3581 {
|
|
|
3582 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3583 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
3584 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3585 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3586 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3587 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3588 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3589 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3590 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
3591 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3592 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3593 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3594 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
3595 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3596 }
|
|
|
3597
|
|
|
3598 if (compl_curr_match->original & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3599 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3600 else
|
|
449
|
3601 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3602
|
|
|
3603 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3604 {
|
|
449
|
3605 if (compl_curr_match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
3606 {
|
|
|
3607 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3608 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3609 }
|
|
449
|
3610 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3611 {
|
|
|
3612 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3613 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3614 }
|
|
449
|
3615 else if (compl_curr_match->next == compl_curr_match->prev)
|
|
7
|
3616 {
|
|
|
3617 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3618 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3619 }
|
|
|
3620 else
|
|
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
449
|
3623 if (compl_curr_match->number == -1)
|
|
7
|
3624 {
|
|
|
3625 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3626 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
3627
|
|
449
|
3628 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
3629 {
|
|
|
3630 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3631 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3632 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
449
|
3633 for (match = compl_curr_match->prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3634 && match != compl_first_match; match = match->prev)
|
|
7
|
3635 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3636 {
|
|
|
3637 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3638 break;
|
|
|
3639 }
|
|
|
3640 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3641 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3642 * yet */
|
|
|
3643 for (match = match->next; match
|
|
|
3644 && match->number == -1; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3645 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3646 }
|
|
|
3647 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3648 {
|
|
|
3649 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3650 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3651 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
449
|
3652 for (match = compl_curr_match->next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3653 && match != compl_first_match; match = match->next)
|
|
7
|
3654 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3655 {
|
|
|
3656 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3657 break;
|
|
|
3658 }
|
|
|
3659 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3660 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3661 * assigned yet */
|
|
|
3662 for (match = match->prev; match
|
|
|
3663 && match->number == -1; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3664 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3665 }
|
|
|
3666 }
|
|
|
3667
|
|
|
3668 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3669 * a safety check. */
|
|
449
|
3670 if (compl_curr_match->number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3671 {
|
|
|
3672 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3673 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3674
|
|
449
|
3675 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
3676 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
449
|
3677 compl_curr_match->number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
3678 else
|
|
449
|
3679 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
|
3680 compl_curr_match->number);
|
|
419
|
3681 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
3682 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3683 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3684 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3685 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3686 }
|
|
|
3687 }
|
|
|
3688 }
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
3690 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3691 showmode();
|
|
|
3692 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3693 {
|
|
|
3694 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3695 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3696 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3697 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3698 }
|
|
|
3699 else
|
|
|
3700 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3701
|
|
|
3702 return OK;
|
|
|
3703 }
|
|
|
3704
|
|
|
3705 /*
|
|
|
3706 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3707 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3708 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3709 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3710 */
|
|
|
3711 static int
|
|
|
3712 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3713 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3714 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3715 int len;
|
|
|
3716 {
|
|
|
3717 int m;
|
|
|
3718
|
|
|
3719 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3720 {
|
|
|
3721 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3722 {
|
|
|
3723 case '.':
|
|
|
3724 case '*':
|
|
|
3725 case '[':
|
|
|
3726 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3727 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3728 break;
|
|
|
3729 case '~':
|
|
|
3730 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3731 break;
|
|
|
3732 case '\\':
|
|
|
3733 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3734 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3735 break;
|
|
|
3736 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3737 case '$':
|
|
|
3738 m++;
|
|
|
3739 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3740 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3741 break;
|
|
|
3742 }
|
|
|
3743 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3744 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3746 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3747 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3748 {
|
|
|
3749 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3750
|
|
|
3751 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(src) - 1;
|
|
|
3752 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3753 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3754 {
|
|
|
3755 --len;
|
|
|
3756 ++src;
|
|
|
3757 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3758 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3759 }
|
|
|
3760 }
|
|
|
3761 #endif
|
|
|
3762 }
|
|
|
3763 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3764 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 return m;
|
|
|
3767 }
|
|
|
3768 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 /*
|
|
|
3771 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3772 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3773 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3774 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3775 */
|
|
|
3776 int
|
|
|
3777 get_literal()
|
|
|
3778 {
|
|
|
3779 int cc;
|
|
|
3780 int nc;
|
|
|
3781 int i;
|
|
|
3782 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3783 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3784 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3785 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3786 #endif
|
|
|
3787
|
|
|
3788 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3789 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3792 /*
|
|
|
3793 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3794 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3795 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3796 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3797 */
|
|
|
3798 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3799 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3800 #endif
|
|
|
3801 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3802 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3803 #endif
|
|
|
3804 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3805 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3806 i = 0;
|
|
|
3807 for (;;)
|
|
|
3808 {
|
|
|
3809 do
|
|
|
3810 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3811 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3812 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3813 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3814 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3815 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3816 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3817 # endif
|
|
|
3818 )
|
|
|
3819 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3820 #endif
|
|
|
3821 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3822 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3823 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3824 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3825 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3826 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3827 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3828 #endif
|
|
|
3829 else
|
|
|
3830 {
|
|
|
3831 if (hex
|
|
|
3832 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3833 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3834 #endif
|
|
|
3835 )
|
|
|
3836 {
|
|
|
3837 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3838 break;
|
|
|
3839 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3840 }
|
|
|
3841 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3842 {
|
|
|
3843 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3844 break;
|
|
|
3845 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3846 }
|
|
|
3847 else
|
|
|
3848 {
|
|
|
3849 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3850 break;
|
|
|
3851 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3852 }
|
|
|
3853
|
|
|
3854 ++i;
|
|
|
3855 }
|
|
|
3856
|
|
|
3857 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3858 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3859 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3860 #endif
|
|
|
3861 )
|
|
|
3862 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3863 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3864
|
|
|
3865 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3866 {
|
|
|
3867 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3868 break;
|
|
|
3869 }
|
|
|
3870 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3871 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3872 {
|
|
|
3873 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3874 break;
|
|
|
3875 }
|
|
|
3876 #endif
|
|
|
3877 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3878 break;
|
|
|
3879 }
|
|
|
3880 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3881 {
|
|
|
3882 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3883 {
|
|
|
3884 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3885 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3886 }
|
|
|
3887 else
|
|
|
3888 {
|
|
|
3889 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3890 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3891 }
|
|
|
3892 }
|
|
|
3893
|
|
|
3894 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3895 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
3896 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3897 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
3898 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
3899 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
3900 #endif
|
|
7
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3903 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3904 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3905 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3906 #endif
|
|
|
3907 if (nc)
|
|
|
3908 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3909 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3910 return cc;
|
|
|
3911 }
|
|
|
3912
|
|
|
3913 /*
|
|
|
3914 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3915 */
|
|
|
3916 static void
|
|
|
3917 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3918 int c;
|
|
|
3919 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3920 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3921 {
|
|
|
3922 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3923 int len;
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 /*
|
|
|
3926 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3927 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3928 * mode.
|
|
|
3929 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3930 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3931 */
|
|
|
3932 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3933 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3934 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3935 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
3936 #endif
|
|
|
3937 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
3938 {
|
|
|
3939 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
3940 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3941 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
3942 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
3943 {
|
|
|
3944 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3945 return;
|
|
|
3946 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
3947 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
3948 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
3949 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
3950 }
|
|
|
3951 }
|
|
|
3952 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3953 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
3954 }
|
|
|
3955
|
|
|
3956 /*
|
|
|
3957 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
3958 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
3959 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
3960 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
3961 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
3962 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
3963 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
3964 */
|
|
|
3965 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
3966 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
3967 #else
|
|
|
3968 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
3969 #endif
|
|
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3972 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
3973 #else
|
|
|
3974 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
3975 #endif
|
|
|
3976
|
|
|
3977 void
|
|
|
3978 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
3979 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
3980 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
3981 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
3982 {
|
|
|
3983 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
3984 int textwidth;
|
|
|
3985 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3986 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
3987 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3988 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
3989 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
3990 #endif
|
|
|
3991 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
3992 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
3993 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
3994 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3995 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
3996 #endif
|
|
|
3997 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
3998 int cc;
|
|
|
3999
|
|
|
4000 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4001 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4002 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4003 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4004 #endif
|
|
|
4005 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 /*
|
|
|
4008 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4009 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4010 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4011 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4012 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4013 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4014 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4015 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4016 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4017 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4018 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4019 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4020 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4021 */
|
|
|
4022 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4023 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4024 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4025 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4026 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4027 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4028 #endif
|
|
|
4029 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4030 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4031 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4032 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4033 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4034 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4035 ))))))
|
|
|
4036 {
|
|
|
4037 /*
|
|
|
4038 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4039 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4040 */
|
|
|
4041 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4042 {
|
|
|
4043 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4044 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4045 {
|
|
|
4046 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4047 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4048 }
|
|
|
4049 }
|
|
|
4050
|
|
|
4051 /*
|
|
|
4052 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4053 */
|
|
|
4054 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4055 {
|
|
|
4056 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4057 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4058 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4059 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4060 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4061 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4062 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4063 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4064 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4065 #endif
|
|
|
4066 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4067
|
|
|
4068 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4069 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4070 break;
|
|
|
4071
|
|
|
4072 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4073 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4074 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4075 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4076 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4077 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4078
|
|
|
4079 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4080 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4081 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4082 else
|
|
|
4083 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4084
|
|
|
4085 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4086 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4087 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4088 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4089 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4090 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4091 #endif
|
|
|
4092 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4093 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4094 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4095 #endif
|
|
|
4096 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 {
|
|
|
4099 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4100 break;
|
|
|
4101 }
|
|
|
4102 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4103 break;
|
|
|
4104
|
|
|
4105 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4106 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4107 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4108
|
|
|
4109 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4110 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4111 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4112 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4113 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4114 #endif
|
|
|
4115 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4116
|
|
|
4117 /*
|
|
|
4118 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4119 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4120 */
|
|
|
4121 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4122 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4123 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4124 {
|
|
|
4125 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4126 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4127 {
|
|
|
4128 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4129 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4132 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4133 {
|
|
|
4134 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4135 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4136 }
|
|
|
4137 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4138 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4139 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4140 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4141 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4142 break;
|
|
|
4143 #endif
|
|
|
4144 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4145 {
|
|
|
4146 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4147 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4148 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4149
|
|
|
4150 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4151 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4152 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4153
|
|
|
4154 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4155 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4156 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4157 }
|
|
|
4158 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4159 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4160 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4161 + (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4162 else
|
|
|
4163 #endif
|
|
|
4164 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4165 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4166 break;
|
|
|
4167 }
|
|
|
4168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4169 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4170 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4171 {
|
|
|
4172 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4173 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4174 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4175 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4176 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4177 break;
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
|
4179 #endif
|
|
|
4180 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4181 break;
|
|
|
4182 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4183 }
|
|
|
4184
|
|
|
4185 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4188 break;
|
|
|
4189 }
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4192 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4193
|
|
|
4194 /*
|
|
|
4195 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4196 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4197 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4198 */
|
|
|
4199 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4200 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4201 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4202 else
|
|
|
4203 #endif
|
|
|
4204 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4205
|
|
|
4206 /*
|
|
|
4207 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4208 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4209 */
|
|
|
4210 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4211 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4212 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4213 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4214 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4215 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4216
|
|
|
4217 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4218 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4219 {
|
|
|
4220 /*
|
|
|
4221 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4222 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4223 */
|
|
|
4224 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4225 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4226 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4227 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4228 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4229
|
|
|
4230 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4231 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4232 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4233 }
|
|
|
4234 else
|
|
|
4235 #endif
|
|
|
4236 {
|
|
|
4237 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4238 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4239 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4240 }
|
|
|
4241
|
|
|
4242 /*
|
|
|
4243 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4244 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4245 */
|
|
|
4246 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4247 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4248 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4249 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4250 #endif
|
|
|
4251 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4252 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4255 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4256 {
|
|
|
4257 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4258 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4259 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4260 {
|
|
|
4261 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4262 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4263 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4264 else
|
|
|
4265 #endif
|
|
|
4266 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4267 }
|
|
|
4268 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4269 }
|
|
|
4270
|
|
|
4271 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4272 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4273 {
|
|
|
4274 /*
|
|
|
4275 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4276 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4277 */
|
|
|
4278 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4279 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4280 }
|
|
|
4281 else
|
|
|
4282 #endif
|
|
|
4283 {
|
|
|
4284 /*
|
|
|
4285 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4286 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4287 */
|
|
|
4288 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4289 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4290 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4291 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4292 }
|
|
|
4293
|
|
|
4294 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4295 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4296 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4297 #endif
|
|
|
4298 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4299 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4300 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4301 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4302 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4303 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4304 #endif
|
|
|
4305 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4306 }
|
|
|
4307
|
|
|
4308 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4309 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4310
|
|
|
4311 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4312 return;
|
|
|
4313 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4314 {
|
|
|
4315 update_topline();
|
|
|
4316 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4317 }
|
|
|
4318 }
|
|
|
4319 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4320 return;
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4323 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4324 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4325 {
|
|
|
4326 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4327 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4328 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4329 int i;
|
|
|
4330
|
|
|
4331 /*
|
|
|
4332 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4333 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4334 */
|
|
|
4335 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4336 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4337 {
|
|
|
4338 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4339 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4340 ++p;
|
|
|
4341 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4342 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4343 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4344 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4345
|
|
|
4346 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4347 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4348 ++p;
|
|
|
4349 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4350
|
|
|
4351 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4352 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4353 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4354 ;
|
|
|
4355 i++;
|
|
|
4356
|
|
|
4357 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4358 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4359
|
|
|
4360 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4361 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4362 {
|
|
|
4363 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4364 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4365
|
|
|
4366 /*
|
|
|
4367 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4368 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4369 */
|
|
|
4370 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4371 }
|
|
|
4372 }
|
|
|
4373 }
|
|
|
4374 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4375 #endif
|
|
|
4376
|
|
|
4377 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4378 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4379 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4380 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4381 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4382 #endif
|
|
|
4383
|
|
|
4384 /*
|
|
|
4385 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4386 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4387 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4388 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4389 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4390 */
|
|
|
4391 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4392 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4393 #endif
|
|
|
4394
|
|
|
4395 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4396 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4397 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4398 #endif
|
|
|
4399 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4400 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4401 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4402 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4403 #endif
|
|
|
4404 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4405 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4406 #endif
|
|
|
4407 )
|
|
|
4408 {
|
|
|
4409 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4410 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4411 int i;
|
|
|
4412 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4415 i = 1;
|
|
|
4416 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4417 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4418 /*
|
|
|
4419 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4420 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4421 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4422 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4423 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4424 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4425 */
|
|
|
4426 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4427 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4428 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4429 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4430 #endif
|
|
|
4431 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4432 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4433 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4434 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4435 {
|
|
|
4436 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4437 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4438 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4439 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4440 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4441 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4442 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4443 # endif
|
|
|
4444 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4445 #else
|
|
|
4446 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4447 #endif
|
|
|
4448 }
|
|
|
4449
|
|
|
4450 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4451 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4452 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4453 #endif
|
|
|
4454 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4455 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4456 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4457 {
|
|
|
4458 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4459 i = 1;
|
|
|
4460 }
|
|
|
4461 else
|
|
|
4462 i = 0;
|
|
|
4463 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4464 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4465 }
|
|
|
4466 else
|
|
|
4467 {
|
|
|
4468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4469 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4470 {
|
|
|
4471 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4474 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4475 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4476 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4477 }
|
|
|
4478 else
|
|
|
4479 #endif
|
|
|
4480 {
|
|
|
4481 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4482 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4483 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4484 else
|
|
|
4485 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4486 }
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488 }
|
|
|
4489
|
|
|
4490 /*
|
|
|
4491 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4492 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4493 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4494 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4495 * saved here.
|
|
|
4496 */
|
|
|
4497 void
|
|
|
4498 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4499 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4500 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4501 {
|
|
|
4502 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4503 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4504 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4505 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4506 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
4507 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4510 return;
|
|
|
4511
|
|
|
4512 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4513 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4514
|
|
|
4515 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4516 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4517
|
|
|
4518 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4519 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4520 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4521 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4522 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4523 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4524 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4525 {
|
|
|
4526 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4527 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4528 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4529 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
4530 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4531 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4532 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4533 {
|
|
|
4534 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4535 return;
|
|
|
4536 }
|
|
|
4537 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4538 }
|
|
|
4539
|
|
|
4540 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4541 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4542 * comments. */
|
|
|
4543 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4544 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4545 return;
|
|
|
4546 #endif
|
|
|
4547
|
|
|
4548 /*
|
|
|
4549 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4550 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4551 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4552 */
|
|
|
4553 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4554 {
|
|
|
4555 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4556 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4557 return;
|
|
|
4558 }
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 /*
|
|
|
4561 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4562 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4563 */
|
|
|
4564 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4565 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4566 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4567 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4570 {
|
|
|
4571 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4572 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4573 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4574 }
|
|
|
4575 else
|
|
|
4576 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4577
|
|
|
4578 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4579 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4580 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4581 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4582 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4583 {
|
|
|
4584 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4585 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4586 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4587 {
|
|
|
4588 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4589 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4590 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4591 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4592 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4593 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4594 }
|
|
|
4595 else
|
|
|
4596 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4597 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4598 }
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 /*
|
|
|
4604 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4605 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4606 * position.
|
|
|
4607 */
|
|
|
4608 static void
|
|
|
4609 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4610 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4611 {
|
|
|
4612 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
4613 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4614
|
|
|
4615 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4616 {
|
|
301
|
4617 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4618 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4619 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4620 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4621 else
|
|
|
4622 {
|
|
|
4623 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4624 {
|
|
|
4625 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4626 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4627 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4628 }
|
|
|
4629 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4630 {
|
|
|
4631 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4632 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4633 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4634 }
|
|
|
4635 }
|
|
|
4636 }
|
|
|
4637 }
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 /*
|
|
|
4640 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4641 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4642 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4643 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4644 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4645 */
|
|
|
4646 int
|
|
|
4647 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4648 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4649 {
|
|
|
4650 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4651
|
|
|
4652 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4653 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4654 {
|
|
|
4655 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4656 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4657 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4658 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4659 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4660 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4661 #endif
|
|
|
4662 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4663 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4664 #endif
|
|
|
4665 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4666 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4667 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4668 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4669 # endif
|
|
|
4670 )
|
|
|
4671 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4672 #endif
|
|
|
4673 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4674 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4675 }
|
|
|
4676 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4677 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4678 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4679 {
|
|
|
4680 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4681 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4682 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4683 }
|
|
|
4684 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4685 }
|
|
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 /*
|
|
|
4688 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4689 */
|
|
|
4690 static void
|
|
|
4691 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4692 int c;
|
|
|
4693 {
|
|
|
4694 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4695
|
|
|
4696 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4697 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4698 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4699 {
|
|
|
4700 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4701 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4702 }
|
|
|
4703 else
|
|
|
4704 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4705 }
|
|
|
4706
|
|
|
4707 /*
|
|
|
4708 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
|
4709 * It resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
|
4710 */
|
|
|
4711 static void
|
|
|
4712 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4713 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4714 {
|
|
|
4715 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4716 {
|
|
|
4717 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4718 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4719 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4720 }
|
|
221
|
4721 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4722 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
4723 #endif
|
|
7
|
4724 }
|
|
|
4725
|
|
221
|
4726 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4727 /*
|
|
|
4728 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
4729 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
4730 */
|
|
|
4731 static void
|
|
|
4732 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
4733 {
|
|
|
4734 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
4735 {
|
|
|
4736 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
4737
|
|
|
4738 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4739 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
4740 }
|
|
|
4741 }
|
|
|
4742 #endif
|
|
|
4743
|
|
7
|
4744 /*
|
|
|
4745 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4746 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4747 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4748 */
|
|
|
4749 int
|
|
|
4750 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4751 {
|
|
|
4752 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4753 {
|
|
|
4754 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4755 {
|
|
|
4756 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4757 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4758 }
|
|
|
4759 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4760 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4761 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4762 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4763 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4764 {
|
|
|
4765 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4766 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4767 }
|
|
|
4768 #endif
|
|
|
4769 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4770 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4771 }
|
|
|
4772 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4773 {
|
|
|
4774 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4775 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4776 }
|
|
|
4777
|
|
|
4778 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4779 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4780 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4781 #endif
|
|
|
4782
|
|
|
4783 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785
|
|
|
4786 /*
|
|
|
4787 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4788 */
|
|
|
4789 static void
|
|
|
4790 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4791 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4792 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4793 {
|
|
|
4794 int cc;
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4797 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4798
|
|
|
4799 /*
|
|
|
4800 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4801 */
|
|
|
4802 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4803 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4804 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4805
|
|
|
4806 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4807 {
|
|
|
4808 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4809 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4810 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4811 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4812 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4813 {
|
|
10
|
4814 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4815
|
|
7
|
4816 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4817 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4818 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4819 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4820 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4821 {
|
|
|
4822 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4823 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4824 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4825 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4826 }
|
|
|
4827
|
|
|
4828 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4829
|
|
10
|
4830 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4831 {
|
|
|
4832 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4833 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4834 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4835 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4836 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4837 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4838 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4839 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4840 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4841 #endif
|
|
|
4842 }
|
|
7
|
4843 }
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4846 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4847
|
|
|
4848 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4849 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4850 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4851 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4852 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4853 {
|
|
10
|
4854 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4855
|
|
|
4856 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4857 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4858 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4859 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4860 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4861 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4862 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4863 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4864 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4865
|
|
|
4866 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4867 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4868 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4869 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4870 {
|
|
|
4871 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4872 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4873 {
|
|
|
4874 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4875 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4876 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4877 # endif
|
|
|
4878 }
|
|
|
4879 }
|
|
|
4880 #endif
|
|
|
4881 }
|
|
|
4882 }
|
|
|
4883 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4884 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4885 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4886 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4887 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4888 #endif
|
|
|
4889
|
|
|
4890 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4891 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4892 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4893 }
|
|
|
4894
|
|
|
4895 /*
|
|
|
4896 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4897 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4898 */
|
|
|
4899 void
|
|
|
4900 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4901 int c;
|
|
|
4902 {
|
|
|
4903 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4904
|
|
|
4905 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4906 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4907 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4908 #else
|
|
|
4909 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4910 #endif
|
|
|
4911 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4912 {
|
|
|
4913 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4914 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4915 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4916 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4917 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4918 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4919 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4920 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4921 }
|
|
|
4922 }
|
|
|
4923
|
|
359
|
4924 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4925 void
|
|
|
4926 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
4927 {
|
|
|
4928 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4929 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
4930 }
|
|
|
4931 #endif
|
|
|
4932
|
|
7
|
4933 /*
|
|
|
4934 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
4935 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
4936 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
4937 */
|
|
|
4938 char_u *
|
|
|
4939 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
4940 int c;
|
|
|
4941 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4942 {
|
|
|
4943 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4944 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
4945 int i;
|
|
|
4946 int len;
|
|
|
4947
|
|
|
4948 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
4949 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
4950 {
|
|
|
4951 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
4952 #endif
|
|
|
4953 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
4954 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
4955 {
|
|
|
4956 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4957 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4958 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
4959 }
|
|
|
4960 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4961 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
4962 {
|
|
|
4963 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
4964 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
4965 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
4966 }
|
|
|
4967 #endif
|
|
|
4968 else
|
|
|
4969 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
4970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4971 }
|
|
|
4972 #endif
|
|
|
4973 return s;
|
|
|
4974 }
|
|
|
4975
|
|
|
4976 /*
|
|
|
4977 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
4978 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
4979 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
4980 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
4981 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
4982 */
|
|
|
4983 void
|
|
|
4984 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
4985 int flags;
|
|
|
4986 {
|
|
|
4987 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
4988 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
4989 else
|
|
|
4990 {
|
|
|
4991 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
4992 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4993 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4994 #endif
|
|
|
4995
|
|
|
4996 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
4997 {
|
|
|
4998 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5001 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5002 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5003 }
|
|
|
5004 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5005 }
|
|
|
5006 }
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 /*
|
|
|
5009 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5010 *
|
|
|
5011 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5012 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5013 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5014 */
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 int
|
|
|
5017 oneright()
|
|
|
5018 {
|
|
|
5019 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5020 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5021 int l;
|
|
|
5022 #endif
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5025 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5026 {
|
|
|
5027 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5030 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5031 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5033 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5034 #else
|
|
|
5035 *ptr
|
|
|
5036 #endif
|
|
|
5037 ))
|
|
|
5038 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5039 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5040 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5041 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5042 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5043 }
|
|
|
5044 #endif
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5048 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
|
5049 {
|
|
|
5050 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5051 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5052 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5053 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5054 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5055 }
|
|
|
5056 else
|
|
|
5057 #endif
|
|
|
5058 {
|
|
|
5059 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5060 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5061 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5062 }
|
|
|
5063
|
|
|
5064 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5065 return OK;
|
|
|
5066 }
|
|
|
5067
|
|
|
5068 int
|
|
|
5069 oneleft()
|
|
|
5070 {
|
|
|
5071 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5072 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5073 {
|
|
|
5074 int width;
|
|
|
5075 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5076
|
|
|
5077 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5078 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5081 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5082 width = 1;
|
|
|
5083 for (;;)
|
|
|
5084 {
|
|
|
5085 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5086 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5087 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5088 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5089 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5090 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5091 # endif
|
|
|
5092 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5093 break;
|
|
|
5094 ++width;
|
|
|
5095 }
|
|
|
5096 # else
|
|
|
5097 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5098 # endif
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5101 {
|
|
|
5102 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5103
|
|
|
5104 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5105 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5106 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5107 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5108 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5109 # else
|
|
|
5110 *ptr
|
|
|
5111 # endif
|
|
|
5112 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5113 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5114 }
|
|
|
5115
|
|
|
5116 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5117 return OK;
|
|
|
5118 }
|
|
|
5119 #endif
|
|
|
5120
|
|
|
5121 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5122 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5123
|
|
|
5124 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5125 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5128 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5129 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5130 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5131 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5132 #endif
|
|
|
5133 return OK;
|
|
|
5134 }
|
|
|
5135
|
|
|
5136 int
|
|
|
5137 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5138 long n;
|
|
|
5139 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5140 {
|
|
|
5141 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5144 {
|
|
|
5145 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5146 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5147 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5148 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5149 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5150 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5151 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5152 else
|
|
|
5153 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5154 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5155 {
|
|
|
5156 /*
|
|
|
5157 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5158 */
|
|
|
5159 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5160 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 while (n--)
|
|
|
5163 {
|
|
|
5164 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5165 --lnum;
|
|
|
5166 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5167 break;
|
|
|
5168 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5169 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5170 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5171 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5172 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5173 }
|
|
|
5174 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5175 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5176 }
|
|
|
5177 else
|
|
|
5178 #endif
|
|
|
5179 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5180 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5181 }
|
|
|
5182
|
|
|
5183 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5184 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5185
|
|
|
5186 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5187 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 return OK;
|
|
|
5190 }
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 /*
|
|
|
5193 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5194 */
|
|
|
5195 int
|
|
|
5196 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5197 long n;
|
|
|
5198 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5199 {
|
|
|
5200 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5201
|
|
|
5202 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5203 {
|
|
|
5204 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5205 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5206 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5207 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5208 #endif
|
|
161
|
5209 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5210 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5211 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5212 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5213 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5214 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5215 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5216 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5217 else
|
|
|
5218 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5219 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5220 {
|
|
|
5221 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5224 while (n--)
|
|
|
5225 {
|
|
|
5226 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5227 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5228 else
|
|
|
5229 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5230 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5231 break;
|
|
|
5232 }
|
|
|
5233 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5234 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5235 }
|
|
|
5236 else
|
|
|
5237 #endif
|
|
|
5238 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5239 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5240 }
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5243 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5244
|
|
|
5245 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5246 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5247
|
|
|
5248 return OK;
|
|
|
5249 }
|
|
|
5250
|
|
|
5251 /*
|
|
|
5252 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5253 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5254 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5255 */
|
|
|
5256 int
|
|
|
5257 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5258 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5259 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5260 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5261 {
|
|
|
5262 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5263 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5264 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5265 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5266
|
|
|
5267 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5268 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5269 {
|
|
|
5270 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5271 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5272 }
|
|
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5275 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5276 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5277 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5278 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5279
|
|
|
5280 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5281 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5282 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5283 */
|
|
|
5284 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5285 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5286 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5287 {
|
|
|
5288 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5289 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5290 }
|
|
|
5291
|
|
|
5292 do
|
|
|
5293 {
|
|
|
5294 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5295 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5296 if (last)
|
|
|
5297 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5298 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5299 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5300 }
|
|
|
5301 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5302
|
|
|
5303 if (last)
|
|
|
5304 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5307 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5308
|
|
|
5309 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5310 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5311 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 return OK;
|
|
|
5314 }
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 char_u *
|
|
|
5317 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5318 {
|
|
|
5319 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5320 return NULL;
|
|
|
5321 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5322 }
|
|
|
5323
|
|
|
5324 /*
|
|
|
5325 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5326 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5327 */
|
|
|
5328 char_u *
|
|
|
5329 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5330 {
|
|
|
5331 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5332 int len;
|
|
|
5333
|
|
|
5334 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5335 return NULL;
|
|
|
5336 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5337 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5338 {
|
|
|
5339 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5340 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5341 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5342 }
|
|
|
5343 return s;
|
|
|
5344 }
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 /*
|
|
|
5347 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5348 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5349 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5350 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5351 */
|
|
|
5352 static int
|
|
|
5353 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5354 int c;
|
|
|
5355 {
|
|
|
5356 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5357 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5358 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5359 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5360
|
|
|
5361 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5362 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5363 }
|
|
|
5364
|
|
|
5365 /*
|
|
|
5366 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5367 *
|
|
|
5368 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5369 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5370 *
|
|
|
5371 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5372 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5373 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5374 *
|
|
|
5375 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5376 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5377 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5378 *
|
|
|
5379 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5380 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5381 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5382 */
|
|
|
5383
|
|
298
|
5384 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5385 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5386 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 void
|
|
|
5389 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5390 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5391 {
|
|
|
5392 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5395 return;
|
|
|
5396 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5397 {
|
|
|
5398 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5399 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5400 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5401 {
|
|
|
5402 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5403 return;
|
|
|
5404 }
|
|
|
5405 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5406 {
|
|
|
5407 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5408 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5409 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5410 }
|
|
|
5411 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5414 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5415 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5416 *p = c;
|
|
|
5417 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5418 }
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 /*
|
|
|
5421 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5422 */
|
|
|
5423 static void
|
|
|
5424 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5425 int c;
|
|
|
5426 {
|
|
|
5427 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5428
|
|
|
5429 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5430 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5431 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5432 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5433 break;
|
|
|
5434 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5435 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5436 }
|
|
|
5437
|
|
|
5438 /*
|
|
|
5439 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5440 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5441 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5442 */
|
|
|
5443 static int
|
|
|
5444 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5445 {
|
|
|
5446 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5447 return -1;
|
|
|
5448 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5449 }
|
|
|
5450
|
|
|
5451 /*
|
|
|
5452 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5453 * encountered.
|
|
|
5454 */
|
|
|
5455 static void
|
|
|
5456 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5457 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5458 {
|
|
|
5459 int i;
|
|
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5462 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5463 {
|
|
|
5464 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5465 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5466 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5467 return;
|
|
|
5468 }
|
|
|
5469 }
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 /*
|
|
|
5472 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5473 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5474 */
|
|
|
5475 static void
|
|
|
5476 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5477 {
|
|
|
5478 int cc;
|
|
|
5479 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5482 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5483 {
|
|
|
5484 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5485 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5486 #else
|
|
|
5487 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5488 #endif
|
|
|
5489 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5490 }
|
|
|
5491 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5492 }
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5495 /*
|
|
|
5496 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5497 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5498 */
|
|
|
5499 static void
|
|
|
5500 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5501 int cc;
|
|
|
5502 {
|
|
|
5503 int n;
|
|
|
5504 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5505 int i;
|
|
|
5506 int c;
|
|
|
5507
|
|
|
5508 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5509 {
|
|
|
5510 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5511 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5512 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5513 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5514 }
|
|
|
5515 else
|
|
|
5516 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5519 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5520 for (;;)
|
|
|
5521 {
|
|
|
5522 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5523 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5524 break;
|
|
|
5525 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5526 {
|
|
|
5527 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5528 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5529 break;
|
|
|
5530 }
|
|
|
5531 else
|
|
|
5532 {
|
|
|
5533 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5534 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5535 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5536 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5537 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5538 else
|
|
|
5539 {
|
|
|
5540 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5541 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5542 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5543 break;
|
|
|
5544 }
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546 }
|
|
|
5547 }
|
|
|
5548 #endif
|
|
|
5549
|
|
|
5550 /*
|
|
|
5551 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5552 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5553 */
|
|
|
5554 static void
|
|
|
5555 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5556 {
|
|
|
5557 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5558 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5559 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5560 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5561 }
|
|
|
5562
|
|
|
5563 /*
|
|
|
5564 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5565 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5566 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5567 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5568 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5569 */
|
|
|
5570 static void
|
|
|
5571 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5572 {
|
|
|
5573 int cc;
|
|
|
5574 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5575 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5576 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5577 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5578 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5579 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5580 int i;
|
|
|
5581 int vcol;
|
|
|
5582 #endif
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5585 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5586 {
|
|
|
5587 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5588 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5589 {
|
|
|
5590 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5591 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5592 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5593 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5594 }
|
|
|
5595 #endif
|
|
|
5596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5597 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5598 {
|
|
|
5599 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5600 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5601 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5602 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5603 # endif
|
|
|
5604 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5605 }
|
|
|
5606 else
|
|
|
5607 #endif
|
|
|
5608 {
|
|
|
5609 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5610 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5611 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5612 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5613 #endif
|
|
|
5614 }
|
|
|
5615 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5618 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5619 {
|
|
|
5620 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5621 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5622 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5623 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5624 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5625 {
|
|
|
5626 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5628 i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p) - 1;
|
|
|
5629 #endif
|
|
|
5630 }
|
|
|
5631 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5634 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5635 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5636 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5637 {
|
|
|
5638 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5639 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5640 }
|
|
|
5641 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5642 }
|
|
|
5643 #endif
|
|
|
5644
|
|
|
5645 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5646 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5647 }
|
|
|
5648 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5649 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5650 }
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5653 /*
|
|
|
5654 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5655 */
|
|
|
5656 static int
|
|
|
5657 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5658 {
|
|
|
5659 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5660 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5661 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5662 # endif
|
|
|
5663 ));
|
|
|
5664 }
|
|
|
5665 #endif
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5668 /*
|
|
|
5669 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5670 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5671 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5672 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5673 */
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 void
|
|
|
5676 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5677 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5678 {
|
|
|
5679 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5680 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5681 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5682 }
|
|
|
5683
|
|
|
5684 void
|
|
|
5685 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5686 {
|
|
|
5687 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5688 return;
|
|
|
5689 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5690 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5691 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5692 # endif
|
|
|
5693 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5694 else
|
|
|
5695 # endif
|
|
|
5696 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5697 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5698 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5699 # endif
|
|
|
5700 }
|
|
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 #endif
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5705 /*
|
|
|
5706 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5707 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5708 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5709 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5710 *
|
|
|
5711 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5712 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5713 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5714 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5715 *
|
|
|
5716 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5717 */
|
|
|
5718 int
|
|
|
5719 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5720 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5721 int when;
|
|
|
5722 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5723 {
|
|
|
5724 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5725 int try_match;
|
|
|
5726 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5727 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5728 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5729 int icase;
|
|
|
5730 int i;
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5733 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5734 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5735 else
|
|
|
5736 #endif
|
|
|
5737 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5738 while (*look)
|
|
|
5739 {
|
|
|
5740 /*
|
|
|
5741 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5742 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5743 */
|
|
|
5744 switch (when)
|
|
|
5745 {
|
|
|
5746 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5747 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5748 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5749 }
|
|
|
5750 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5751 ++look;
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 /*
|
|
|
5754 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5755 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5756 */
|
|
|
5757 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5758 {
|
|
|
5759 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5760 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5761 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5762 ++look;
|
|
|
5763 }
|
|
|
5764 else
|
|
|
5765 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 /*
|
|
|
5768 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5769 */
|
|
|
5770 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5771 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5772 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5773 #else
|
|
|
5774 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5775 #endif
|
|
|
5776 )
|
|
|
5777 {
|
|
|
5778 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5779 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5780 look += 2;
|
|
|
5781 }
|
|
|
5782 /*
|
|
|
5783 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5784 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5785 */
|
|
|
5786 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5787 {
|
|
|
5788 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5789 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5790 ++look;
|
|
|
5791 }
|
|
|
5792 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5793 {
|
|
|
5794 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5795 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5796 ++look;
|
|
|
5797 }
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 /*
|
|
|
5800 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5801 * cursor.
|
|
|
5802 */
|
|
|
5803 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5804 {
|
|
|
5805 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5806 {
|
|
|
5807 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5808 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5809 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5810 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5811 }
|
|
|
5812 ++look;
|
|
|
5813 }
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 /*
|
|
|
5816 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5817 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5818 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5819 */
|
|
|
5820 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5821 {
|
|
|
5822 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5823 {
|
|
|
5824 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5825 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5826 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5827 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5828 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5829 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5830 {
|
|
|
5831 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5832 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5833 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5834 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5835 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5836 if (i)
|
|
|
5837 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5838 }
|
|
|
5839 }
|
|
|
5840 ++look;
|
|
|
5841 }
|
|
|
5842
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 /*
|
|
|
5845 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5846 */
|
|
|
5847 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5848 {
|
|
|
5849 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5850 {
|
|
|
5851 /*
|
|
|
5852 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5853 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5854 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5855 */
|
|
|
5856 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5857 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5858 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5859
|
|
|
5860 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5861 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5862 }
|
|
|
5863 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5864 look++;
|
|
|
5865 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5866 look++;
|
|
|
5867 }
|
|
|
5868
|
|
|
5869 /*
|
|
|
5870 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5871 */
|
|
|
5872 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5873 {
|
|
|
5874 ++look;
|
|
|
5875 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5876 {
|
|
|
5877 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5878 ++look;
|
|
|
5879 }
|
|
|
5880 else
|
|
|
5881 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5882 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5883 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5884 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5885 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5886 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5887 {
|
|
|
5888 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5889
|
|
|
5890 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5891 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5892 {
|
|
|
5893 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5894
|
|
|
5895 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5896 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5897 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5898 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5899 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5900 {
|
|
|
5901 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5902
|
|
|
5903 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5904 {
|
|
|
5905 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5906 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5907 break;
|
|
|
5908 }
|
|
|
5909 }
|
|
|
5910 else
|
|
|
5911 # endif
|
|
|
5912 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5913 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5914 break;
|
|
|
5915 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5916 && (icase
|
|
|
5917 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5918 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5919 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5920 }
|
|
|
5921 else
|
|
|
5922 #endif
|
|
|
5923 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5924 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5925 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5926 {
|
|
|
5927 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5928 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
5929 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
5930 && (icase
|
|
|
5931 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
5932 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
5933 == 0)
|
|
|
5934 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5935 }
|
|
|
5936 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
5937 {
|
|
|
5938 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
5939 * word. */
|
|
|
5940 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5941 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
5942 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
5943 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5944 }
|
|
|
5945 if (match)
|
|
|
5946 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5947 }
|
|
|
5948 look = p;
|
|
|
5949 }
|
|
|
5950
|
|
|
5951 /*
|
|
|
5952 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
5953 */
|
|
|
5954 else
|
|
|
5955 {
|
|
|
5956 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
5957 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5958 ++look;
|
|
|
5959 }
|
|
|
5960
|
|
|
5961 /*
|
|
|
5962 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
5963 */
|
|
|
5964 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
5965 }
|
|
|
5966 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5967 }
|
|
|
5968 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
5969
|
|
|
5970 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5971 /*
|
|
|
5972 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
5973 */
|
|
|
5974 int
|
|
|
5975 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
5976 int c;
|
|
|
5977 {
|
|
|
5978 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
5979 {
|
|
|
5980 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
5981 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
5982 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
5983 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
5984 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
5985 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
5986 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
5987 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
5988 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
5989 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
5990 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
5991 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
5992 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
5993
|
|
|
5994 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
5995 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
5996 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
5997 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
5998 return 'X';
|
|
|
5999 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6000 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6001 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6002 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6003 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6004 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6005 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6006 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6007 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6008 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6009 #else
|
|
|
6010 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6011 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6012 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6013 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6014 */
|
|
|
6015 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6016 #endif
|
|
|
6017 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6018 else
|
|
|
6019 return c;
|
|
|
6020 }
|
|
|
6021 else
|
|
|
6022 {
|
|
|
6023 switch (c)
|
|
|
6024 {
|
|
|
6025 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6026 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6027 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6028 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6029 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6030
|
|
|
6031 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6032 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6033 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6034 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6035 default: {
|
|
|
6036 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6039 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6040 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6041 #else
|
|
|
6042 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6043 #endif
|
|
|
6044 return c;
|
|
|
6045 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6046 break;
|
|
|
6047 }
|
|
|
6048 }
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6051 }
|
|
|
6052 }
|
|
|
6053 #endif
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 static void
|
|
|
6056 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6057 {
|
|
|
6058 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6059 int regname;
|
|
|
6060 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6061
|
|
|
6062 /*
|
|
|
6063 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6064 */
|
|
|
6065 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6066 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6067 {
|
|
|
6068 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6069 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6070
|
|
|
6071 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6072 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6073 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6074 #endif
|
|
|
6075 }
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6078 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6079 #endif
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 /*
|
|
|
6082 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6083 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6084 */
|
|
|
6085 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6086 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6087 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6088 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6089 #endif
|
|
|
6090 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6091 {
|
|
|
6092 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6093 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6094 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6095 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6096 #endif
|
|
|
6097 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6098 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6099 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6100 #endif
|
|
|
6101 }
|
|
|
6102 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6105 /*
|
|
|
6106 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6107 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6108 */
|
|
|
6109 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6110 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6111 {
|
|
133
|
6112 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6113 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6114 # endif
|
|
7
|
6115 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6116 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6117 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6118 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6119 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6120 # endif
|
|
7
|
6121 }
|
|
140
|
6122 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6123 {
|
|
|
6124 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6125 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6126 }
|
|
7
|
6127 else
|
|
|
6128 {
|
|
|
6129 #endif
|
|
|
6130 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6131 {
|
|
|
6132 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6133 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6134 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6135 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6138 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6139 }
|
|
|
6140 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6141 {
|
|
|
6142 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6143 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6144 }
|
|
133
|
6145 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6146 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6147 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6148 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6149 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6150
|
|
7
|
6151 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6152 }
|
|
|
6153 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6154 #endif
|
|
|
6155 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6156 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6157 #endif
|
|
|
6158
|
|
|
6159 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6160 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6161 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6162 }
|
|
|
6163
|
|
|
6164 /*
|
|
|
6165 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6166 */
|
|
|
6167 static void
|
|
|
6168 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6169 {
|
|
|
6170 int c;
|
|
|
6171
|
|
|
6172 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6173 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6174 setcursor();
|
|
|
6175 #endif
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 /*
|
|
|
6178 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6179 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6180 */
|
|
|
6181 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6182 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6183 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6184 switch (c)
|
|
|
6185 {
|
|
|
6186 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6187 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6188 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6189 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6190 break;
|
|
|
6191
|
|
|
6192 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6193 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6194 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6195 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6196 break;
|
|
|
6197
|
|
|
6198 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6199 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6200 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6201 break;
|
|
|
6202
|
|
|
6203 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6204 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6205 }
|
|
|
6206 }
|
|
|
6207
|
|
|
6208 /*
|
|
449
|
6209 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6210 */
|
|
|
6211 static void
|
|
|
6212 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6213 {
|
|
|
6214 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6215 {
|
|
|
6216 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6217 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6218 {
|
|
|
6219 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6220 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6221 }
|
|
|
6222 else
|
|
|
6223 {
|
|
|
6224 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6225 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6226 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6227 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6228 #endif
|
|
|
6229 }
|
|
|
6230 }
|
|
|
6231 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6232 else
|
|
|
6233 {
|
|
|
6234 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6235 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6236 {
|
|
|
6237 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6238 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6239 }
|
|
|
6240 else
|
|
|
6241 {
|
|
|
6242 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6243 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6244 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6245 }
|
|
|
6246 }
|
|
|
6247 #endif
|
|
|
6248 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6249 showmode();
|
|
|
6250 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6251 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6252 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6253 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6254 #endif
|
|
|
6255 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6256 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6257 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6258 #endif
|
|
|
6259 }
|
|
|
6260
|
|
|
6261 /*
|
|
7
|
6262 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6263 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6264 * insert.
|
|
|
6265 */
|
|
|
6266 static int
|
|
|
6267 ins_esc(count, cmdchar)
|
|
|
6268 long *count;
|
|
|
6269 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
6270 {
|
|
|
6271 int temp;
|
|
|
6272 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6273
|
|
449
|
6274 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6275 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6276 #endif
|
|
7
|
6277 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6278 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6279 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6280 # endif
|
|
|
6281 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6282 {
|
|
|
6283 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6284 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6285 }
|
|
|
6286 #endif
|
|
|
6287 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6288 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6289 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6290 #endif
|
|
|
6291
|
|
|
6292 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6293 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6294 {
|
|
|
6295 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6296 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6297 }
|
|
|
6298 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6299 {
|
|
|
6300 /*
|
|
|
6301 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6302 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6303 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6304 */
|
|
|
6305 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6306 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6307
|
|
|
6308 /*
|
|
|
6309 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6310 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6311 */
|
|
|
6312 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6313 {
|
|
|
6314 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6315 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6316 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6317 }
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6320 {
|
|
164
|
6321 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6322 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6323 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6324
|
|
7
|
6325 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6326 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6327 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6328 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6329 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6330 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6331 }
|
|
|
6332 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6333 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6334 }
|
|
|
6335
|
|
|
6336 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6337 * indent */
|
|
|
6338 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6339 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6340
|
|
|
6341 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6342 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6343 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6344
|
|
|
6345 /*
|
|
|
6346 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
|
6347 */
|
|
|
6348 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
|
6349 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6350 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6351 #endif
|
|
|
6352 ) && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6353 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6354 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6355 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6356 #endif
|
|
|
6357 ))
|
|
|
6358 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6359 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6360 #endif
|
|
|
6361 )
|
|
|
6362 {
|
|
|
6363 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6364 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6365 {
|
|
|
6366 oneleft();
|
|
|
6367 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6368 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6369 }
|
|
|
6370 else
|
|
|
6371 #endif
|
|
|
6372 {
|
|
|
6373 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6374 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6375 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6376 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6377 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6378 #endif
|
|
|
6379 }
|
|
|
6380 }
|
|
|
6381
|
|
|
6382 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6383 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6384 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6385 * well). */
|
|
|
6386 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6387 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6388 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6389 #endif
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6392 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6393 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6396 setmouse();
|
|
|
6397 #endif
|
|
|
6398 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6399 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6400 #endif
|
|
|
6401
|
|
|
6402 /*
|
|
|
6403 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6404 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6405 */
|
|
|
6406 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6407 showmode();
|
|
|
6408 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6409 MSG("");
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6412 }
|
|
|
6413
|
|
|
6414 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6415 /*
|
|
|
6416 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6417 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6418 */
|
|
|
6419 static void
|
|
|
6420 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6421 {
|
|
|
6422 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6423 {
|
|
|
6424 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6425 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6426 }
|
|
|
6427 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6428 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6429 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6430 {
|
|
|
6431 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6432 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6433 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6434 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6435 }
|
|
|
6436 else
|
|
|
6437 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6438 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6439 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6440 {
|
|
|
6441 /*
|
|
|
6442 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6443 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6444 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6445 */
|
|
|
6446 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6447 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6448 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6449 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6450 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6451 }
|
|
|
6452 else
|
|
|
6453 #endif
|
|
|
6454 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6455 showmode();
|
|
|
6456 }
|
|
|
6457 #endif
|
|
|
6458
|
|
|
6459 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6460 /*
|
|
|
6461 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6462 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6463 */
|
|
|
6464 static int
|
|
|
6465 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6466 int c;
|
|
|
6467 {
|
|
|
6468 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6469 switch (c)
|
|
|
6470 {
|
|
|
6471 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6472 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6473 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6474 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6475 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6476 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6477 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6478 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6479 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6480 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6481 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6482 case K_END:
|
|
|
6483 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6484 # endif
|
|
|
6485 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6486 break;
|
|
|
6487 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6488 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6489 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6490 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6491 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6492 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6493 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6494 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6495 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6496 start_selection();
|
|
|
6497
|
|
|
6498 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6499 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6500 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6501 {
|
|
|
6502 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6503
|
|
|
6504 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6505 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6506 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6507 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6508 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6509 }
|
|
|
6510 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6511 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6512 }
|
|
|
6513 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6514 }
|
|
|
6515 #endif
|
|
|
6516
|
|
|
6517 /*
|
|
449
|
6518 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
6519 */
|
|
|
6520 static void
|
|
|
6521 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
6522 int replaceState;
|
|
|
6523 {
|
|
|
6524 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6525 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6526 {
|
|
|
6527 beep_flush();
|
|
|
6528 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
6529 return;
|
|
|
6530 }
|
|
|
6531 #endif
|
|
|
6532
|
|
|
6533 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6534 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
6535 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
6536 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
|
6537 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6538 #endif
|
|
|
6539 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6540 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6541 else
|
|
|
6542 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6543 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
6544 showmode();
|
|
|
6545 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6546 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6547 #endif
|
|
|
6548 }
|
|
|
6549
|
|
|
6550 /*
|
|
|
6551 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6552 */
|
|
|
6553 static void
|
|
|
6554 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
6555 {
|
|
|
6556 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6557 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6558 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
6559 else
|
|
|
6560 #endif
|
|
|
6561 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6562 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
6563 else
|
|
|
6564 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
6565 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6566 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6567 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
6568 else
|
|
|
6569 #endif
|
|
|
6570 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
6571 }
|
|
|
6572
|
|
|
6573 /*
|
|
7
|
6574 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6575 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6576 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6577 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6578 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6579 */
|
|
|
6580 static void
|
|
|
6581 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6582 int c;
|
|
|
6583 int lastc;
|
|
|
6584 {
|
|
|
6585 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6586 return;
|
|
|
6587 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6588
|
|
|
6589 /*
|
|
|
6590 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6591 */
|
|
|
6592 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6593 {
|
|
|
6594 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6595 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6596 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6597 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6598 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6599 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6600 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6601 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6602 }
|
|
|
6603 else
|
|
|
6604 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6605
|
|
|
6606 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6607 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6608 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6609 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6610 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6611 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6612 #endif
|
|
|
6613 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6614 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6615 #endif
|
|
|
6616 }
|
|
|
6617
|
|
|
6618 static void
|
|
|
6619 ins_del()
|
|
|
6620 {
|
|
|
6621 int temp;
|
|
|
6622
|
|
|
6623 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6624 return;
|
|
|
6625 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6626 {
|
|
|
6627 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6628 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6629 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6630 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6631 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6632 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6633 else
|
|
|
6634 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6635 }
|
|
|
6636 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6637 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6638 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6639 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6640 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6641 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6642 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6643 #endif
|
|
|
6644 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6645 }
|
|
|
6646
|
|
|
6647 /*
|
|
|
6648 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6649 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6650 */
|
|
|
6651 static int
|
|
|
6652 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6653 int c;
|
|
|
6654 int mode;
|
|
|
6655 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6656 {
|
|
|
6657 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6658 int cc;
|
|
|
6659 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6660 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6661 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6662 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6663 int oldState;
|
|
|
6664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6665 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6666 #endif
|
|
|
6667
|
|
|
6668 /*
|
|
|
6669 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6670 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6671 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6672 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6673 */
|
|
|
6674 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6675 || (
|
|
|
6676 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6677 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6678 #endif
|
|
|
6679 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6680 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6681 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6682 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6683 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6684 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6685 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6686 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6687 {
|
|
|
6688 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6689 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6690 }
|
|
|
6691
|
|
|
6692 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6693 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6694 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6695 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6696 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6697 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6698 #endif
|
|
|
6699 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6700 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6701 #endif
|
|
|
6702 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6703 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6704 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6705 #endif
|
|
|
6706
|
|
|
6707 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6708 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6709 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6710 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6711 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6712 */
|
|
|
6713 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6714 {
|
|
|
6715 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6716 {
|
|
|
6717 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6718 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6719 }
|
|
|
6720 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6721 {
|
|
|
6722 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6723 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6724 }
|
|
|
6725 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6726 }
|
|
|
6727 #endif
|
|
|
6728
|
|
|
6729 /*
|
|
|
6730 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6731 */
|
|
|
6732 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6733 {
|
|
|
6734 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6735 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6736 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6737 || revins_on
|
|
|
6738 #endif
|
|
|
6739 )
|
|
|
6740 {
|
|
|
6741 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6742 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6743 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6744 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6745 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6746 }
|
|
|
6747 /*
|
|
|
6748 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6749 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6750 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6751 */
|
|
|
6752 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6753 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6754 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6755 /*
|
|
|
6756 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6757 * cursor.
|
|
|
6758 */
|
|
|
6759 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6760 {
|
|
|
6761 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6762 }
|
|
|
6763 else
|
|
|
6764 {
|
|
|
6765 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6766 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6767 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6768 #endif
|
|
|
6769 {
|
|
|
6770 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6771 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
6774 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
6775 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
6776 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
6777 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
6778 {
|
|
|
6779 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
6780 TRUE);
|
|
|
6781 int len;
|
|
|
6782
|
|
|
6783 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
6784 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
6785 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6786 }
|
|
|
6787
|
|
7
|
6788 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6789 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6790 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6791 }
|
|
|
6792 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6793 else
|
|
|
6794 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6795 #endif
|
|
|
6796
|
|
|
6797 /*
|
|
|
6798 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6799 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6800 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6801 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6802 */
|
|
|
6803 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6804 {
|
|
|
6805 /*
|
|
|
6806 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6807 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6808 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6809 */
|
|
|
6810 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6811 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6812 /*
|
|
|
6813 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6814 */
|
|
|
6815 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6816 {
|
|
|
6817 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6819 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6820 #else
|
|
|
6821 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6822 #endif
|
|
|
6823 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6824 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6825 }
|
|
|
6826 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6827 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6828 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6829 }
|
|
|
6830 }
|
|
|
6831 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6832 }
|
|
|
6833 else
|
|
|
6834 {
|
|
|
6835 /*
|
|
|
6836 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6837 */
|
|
|
6838 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6839 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6840 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6841 #endif
|
|
|
6842 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6843 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6844 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6845 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6846 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6847 #endif
|
|
|
6848 )
|
|
|
6849 {
|
|
|
6850 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6851 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6852 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6853 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6854 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6855 }
|
|
|
6856
|
|
|
6857 /*
|
|
|
6858 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6859 */
|
|
|
6860 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6861 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6862 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6863 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6864 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6865 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6866 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6867 {
|
|
|
6868 int ts;
|
|
|
6869 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6870 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6871 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6872
|
|
|
6873 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6874 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6875 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6876 else
|
|
|
6877 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6878 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6879 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6880 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6881 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6882 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6883 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6884 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6885 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6886
|
|
|
6887 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6888 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6889 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6890 {
|
|
|
6891 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6892 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6893 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6894 {
|
|
|
6895 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6896 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6897 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6898 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6899 {
|
|
|
6900 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6901 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6902 {
|
|
|
6903 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6904 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6905 }
|
|
|
6906 else
|
|
|
6907 #endif
|
|
|
6908 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6909 }
|
|
|
6910 }
|
|
|
6911 else
|
|
|
6912 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6913 }
|
|
|
6914
|
|
|
6915 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6916 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6917 {
|
|
|
6918 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6919 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6920 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6921 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6922
|
|
|
6923 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6924 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6925 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
6926 else
|
|
|
6927 #endif
|
|
|
6928 {
|
|
|
6929 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
6930 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
6931 {
|
|
|
6932 if (extra)
|
|
|
6933 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
6934 else
|
|
|
6935 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
6936 }
|
|
|
6937 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
6938 extra = 1;
|
|
|
6939 }
|
|
|
6940 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6941 }
|
|
|
6942 }
|
|
|
6943
|
|
|
6944 /*
|
|
|
6945 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
6946 */
|
|
|
6947 else do
|
|
|
6948 {
|
|
|
6949 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6950 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
6951 #endif
|
|
|
6952 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6953
|
|
|
6954 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
6955 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
6956 {
|
|
|
6957 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
6958 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
6959 }
|
|
|
6960 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
6961 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
6962 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
6963 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
6964 {
|
|
|
6965 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6966 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
6967 #endif
|
|
|
6968 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6969 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6970 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6971 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6972 #endif
|
|
|
6973 break;
|
|
|
6974 }
|
|
|
6975 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6976 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6977 else
|
|
|
6978 {
|
|
|
6979 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6980 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
6981 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
6982 #endif
|
|
|
6983 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6984 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6985 /*
|
|
|
6986 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
6987 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
6988 * character.
|
|
|
6989 */
|
|
|
6990 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
6991 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6992 #endif
|
|
|
6993 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6994 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
6995 {
|
|
|
6996 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
6997 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6998 }
|
|
|
6999 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7000 break;
|
|
|
7001 #endif
|
|
|
7002 }
|
|
|
7003 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7004 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7005 break;
|
|
|
7006 } while (
|
|
|
7007 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7008 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7009 #endif
|
|
|
7010 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7011 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7012 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7013 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7014 }
|
|
|
7015 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7016 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7017 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7018 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7019 #endif
|
|
|
7020 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7021 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7022 /*
|
|
|
7023 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7024 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7025 * with.
|
|
|
7026 */
|
|
|
7027 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7028
|
|
|
7029 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7030 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7031 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7032 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7033
|
|
|
7034 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7035 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7036 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7037 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7038 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7039 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7040 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7041 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7042 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7043
|
|
|
7044 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7045 }
|
|
|
7046
|
|
|
7047 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7048 static void
|
|
|
7049 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7050 int c;
|
|
|
7051 {
|
|
|
7052 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7053
|
|
|
7054 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7055 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7056 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7057 # endif
|
|
|
7058 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7059 return;
|
|
|
7060
|
|
|
7061 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7062 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7063 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7064 {
|
|
|
7065 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7066 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7067 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7068 # endif
|
|
|
7069 }
|
|
|
7070
|
|
|
7071 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7072 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7073 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7074 #endif
|
|
|
7075 }
|
|
|
7076
|
|
|
7077 static void
|
|
|
7078 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7079 int up;
|
|
|
7080 {
|
|
|
7081 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7082 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7083 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7084 # endif
|
|
|
7085
|
|
|
7086 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7087
|
|
|
7088 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7089 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7092 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7093 {
|
|
|
7094 int row, col;
|
|
|
7095
|
|
|
7096 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7097 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7098
|
|
|
7099 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7100 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7101 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7102 }
|
|
|
7103 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7104 # endif
|
|
|
7105 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7106
|
|
|
7107 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7108 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7109 else
|
|
|
7110 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7111
|
|
|
7112 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7113 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7116 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7117 # endif
|
|
|
7118
|
|
|
7119 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7120 {
|
|
|
7121 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7122 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7123 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7124 # endif
|
|
|
7125 }
|
|
|
7126 }
|
|
|
7127 #endif
|
|
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7130 void
|
|
|
7131 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7132 {
|
|
|
7133 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7134
|
|
|
7135 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7136 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7137 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7138 {
|
|
|
7139 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7140 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7141 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7142 # endif
|
|
|
7143 }
|
|
|
7144 }
|
|
|
7145
|
|
|
7146 void
|
|
|
7147 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7148 {
|
|
|
7149 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7150
|
|
|
7151 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7152 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7153 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7154 {
|
|
|
7155 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7156 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7157 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7158 # endif
|
|
|
7159 }
|
|
|
7160 }
|
|
|
7161 #endif
|
|
|
7162
|
|
|
7163 static void
|
|
|
7164 ins_left()
|
|
|
7165 {
|
|
|
7166 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7167
|
|
|
7168 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7169 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7170 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7171 #endif
|
|
|
7172 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7173 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7174 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7175 {
|
|
|
7176 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7177 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7178 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7179 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7180 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7181 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7182 #endif
|
|
|
7183 }
|
|
|
7184
|
|
|
7185 /*
|
|
|
7186 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7187 * previous line
|
|
|
7188 */
|
|
|
7189 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7190 {
|
|
|
7191 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7192 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7193 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7194 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7195 }
|
|
|
7196 else
|
|
|
7197 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7198 }
|
|
|
7199
|
|
|
7200 static void
|
|
|
7201 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7202 int c;
|
|
|
7203 {
|
|
|
7204 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7205
|
|
|
7206 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7207 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7208 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7209 #endif
|
|
|
7210 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7211 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7212 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7213 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7214 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7215 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7216 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7217 #endif
|
|
|
7218 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7219 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7220 }
|
|
|
7221
|
|
|
7222 static void
|
|
|
7223 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7224 int c;
|
|
|
7225 {
|
|
|
7226 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7227
|
|
|
7228 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7229 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7230 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7231 #endif
|
|
|
7232 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7233 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7234 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7235 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7236 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7237 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7238
|
|
|
7239 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7240 }
|
|
|
7241
|
|
|
7242 static void
|
|
|
7243 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7244 {
|
|
|
7245 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7246 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7247 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7248 #endif
|
|
|
7249 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7250 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7251 {
|
|
|
7252 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7253 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7254 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7255 }
|
|
|
7256 else
|
|
|
7257 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7258 }
|
|
|
7259
|
|
|
7260 static void
|
|
|
7261 ins_right()
|
|
|
7262 {
|
|
|
7263 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7264 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7265 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7266 #endif
|
|
|
7267 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7268 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7269 )
|
|
|
7270 {
|
|
|
7271 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7272 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7273 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7274 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7275 oneright();
|
|
|
7276 else
|
|
|
7277 #endif
|
|
|
7278 {
|
|
|
7279 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7280 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7281 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7282 else
|
|
|
7283 #endif
|
|
|
7284 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7285 }
|
|
|
7286
|
|
|
7287 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7288 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7289 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7290 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7291 #endif
|
|
|
7292 }
|
|
|
7293 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7294 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7295 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7296 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7297 {
|
|
|
7298 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7299 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7300 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7301 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7302 }
|
|
|
7303 else
|
|
|
7304 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7305 }
|
|
|
7306
|
|
|
7307 static void
|
|
|
7308 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7309 {
|
|
|
7310 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7311 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7312 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7313 #endif
|
|
|
7314 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7315 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7316 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7317 {
|
|
|
7318 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7319 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7320 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7321 }
|
|
|
7322 else
|
|
|
7323 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7324 }
|
|
|
7325
|
|
|
7326 static void
|
|
|
7327 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7328 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7329 {
|
|
|
7330 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7331 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7332 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7333 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7334 #endif
|
|
|
7335
|
|
|
7336 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7337 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7338 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7339 {
|
|
|
7340 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7341 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7342 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7343 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7344 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7345 #endif
|
|
|
7346 )
|
|
|
7347 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7348 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7349 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7350 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7351 #endif
|
|
|
7352 }
|
|
|
7353 else
|
|
|
7354 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7355 }
|
|
|
7356
|
|
|
7357 static void
|
|
|
7358 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7359 {
|
|
|
7360 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7361
|
|
|
7362 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7363 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7364 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7365 {
|
|
|
7366 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7367 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7368 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7369 #endif
|
|
|
7370 }
|
|
|
7371 else
|
|
|
7372 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7373 }
|
|
|
7374
|
|
|
7375 static void
|
|
|
7376 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7377 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7378 {
|
|
|
7379 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7380 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7381 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7382 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7383 #endif
|
|
|
7384
|
|
|
7385 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7386 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7387 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7388 {
|
|
|
7389 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7390 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7391 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7392 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7393 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7394 #endif
|
|
|
7395 )
|
|
|
7396 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7397 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7398 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7399 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7400 #endif
|
|
|
7401 }
|
|
|
7402 else
|
|
|
7403 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7404 }
|
|
|
7405
|
|
|
7406 static void
|
|
|
7407 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7408 {
|
|
|
7409 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7410
|
|
|
7411 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7412 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7413 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7414 {
|
|
|
7415 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7416 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7417 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7418 #endif
|
|
|
7419 }
|
|
|
7420 else
|
|
|
7421 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7422 }
|
|
|
7423
|
|
|
7424 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7425 static void
|
|
|
7426 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7427 {
|
|
|
7428 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7429 }
|
|
|
7430 #endif
|
|
|
7431
|
|
|
7432 /*
|
|
|
7433 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7434 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7435 */
|
|
|
7436 static int
|
|
|
7437 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7438 {
|
|
|
7439 int ind;
|
|
|
7440 int i;
|
|
|
7441 int temp;
|
|
|
7442
|
|
|
7443 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7444 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7445 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7446 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7447
|
|
|
7448 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7449 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7450 if (ind)
|
|
|
7451 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7452 #endif
|
|
|
7453
|
|
|
7454 /*
|
|
|
7455 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7456 */
|
|
|
7457 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7458 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7459 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7460 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7461
|
|
|
7462 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7463 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7464
|
|
|
7465 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7466 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7467 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7468 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7469 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7470 #endif
|
|
|
7471 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7472
|
|
|
7473 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7474 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7475 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7476 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7477 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7478 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7479 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7480
|
|
|
7481 /*
|
|
|
7482 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7483 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7484 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7485 */
|
|
|
7486 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7487 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7488 {
|
|
|
7489 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7490 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7491 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7492 else
|
|
|
7493 #endif
|
|
|
7494 {
|
|
|
7495 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7496 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7497 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7498 }
|
|
|
7499 }
|
|
|
7500
|
|
|
7501 /*
|
|
|
7502 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7503 */
|
|
|
7504 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7505 {
|
|
|
7506 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7507 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7508 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7509 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7510 #endif
|
|
|
7511 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7512 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7513 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7514 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7515 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7516
|
|
|
7517 /*
|
|
|
7518 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7519 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7520 */
|
|
|
7521 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7522 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7523 {
|
|
|
7524 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7525 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7526 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7527 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7528 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7529 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7530 }
|
|
|
7531 else
|
|
|
7532 #endif
|
|
|
7533 {
|
|
|
7534 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7535 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7536 }
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7539 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7540 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7541
|
|
|
7542 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7543 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7544 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7545 {
|
|
|
7546 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7547 --ptr;
|
|
|
7548 }
|
|
|
7549
|
|
|
7550 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7551 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7552 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7553 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7554 {
|
|
|
7555 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7556 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7557 }
|
|
|
7558
|
|
|
7559 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7560 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7561 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7562
|
|
|
7563 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7564 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7565 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7566 {
|
|
|
7567 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7568 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7569 break;
|
|
|
7570 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7571 {
|
|
|
7572 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7573 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7574 {
|
|
|
7575 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7576 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7577 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7578 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7579 }
|
|
|
7580 }
|
|
|
7581 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7582 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7583 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7584 }
|
|
|
7585
|
|
|
7586 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7587 {
|
|
|
7588 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7591 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7592 {
|
|
|
7593 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7594 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7595 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7596 }
|
|
|
7597 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7598 {
|
|
|
7599 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7600 --ptr;
|
|
|
7601 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7602 }
|
|
|
7603 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7604
|
|
|
7605 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7606 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7607 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7608 {
|
|
|
7609 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7610 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7611 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7612 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7613 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7614 #endif
|
|
|
7615 )
|
|
|
7616 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7617 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7618 }
|
|
33
|
7619 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7620 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7621 {
|
|
|
7622 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7623 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7624 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7625 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7626 }
|
|
|
7627 #endif
|
|
7
|
7628 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7629
|
|
|
7630 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7631 /*
|
|
|
7632 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7633 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7634 * spacing.
|
|
|
7635 */
|
|
|
7636 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7637 {
|
|
|
7638 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7639 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7640
|
|
|
7641 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7642 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7643 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7644 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7645 }
|
|
|
7646 #endif
|
|
|
7647 }
|
|
|
7648
|
|
|
7649 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7650 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7651 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7652 #endif
|
|
|
7653 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7654 }
|
|
|
7655
|
|
|
7656 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7657 }
|
|
|
7658
|
|
|
7659 /*
|
|
|
7660 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7661 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7662 */
|
|
|
7663 static int
|
|
|
7664 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7665 int c;
|
|
|
7666 {
|
|
|
7667 int i;
|
|
|
7668
|
|
|
7669 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7670 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7671 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7672 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7673 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7674
|
|
|
7675 /*
|
|
|
7676 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7677 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7678 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7679 */
|
|
|
7680 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7681 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7682 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7683 #endif
|
|
|
7684 )
|
|
|
7685 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 /*
|
|
|
7688 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7689 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7690 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7691 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7692 */
|
|
|
7693
|
|
|
7694 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7695 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7696 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7697 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7698 # endif
|
|
|
7699 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7700 * current line. */
|
|
|
7701 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7702 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7703 #endif
|
|
|
7704
|
|
|
7705 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7706 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7707 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7708 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7709 #endif
|
|
|
7710 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7711 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7712 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7713 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7714 #endif
|
|
|
7715
|
|
|
7716 return (!i);
|
|
|
7717 }
|
|
|
7718
|
|
|
7719 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7720 /*
|
|
|
7721 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7722 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7723 * done.
|
|
|
7724 */
|
|
|
7725 static int
|
|
|
7726 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7727 {
|
|
|
7728 int c;
|
|
|
7729 int cc;
|
|
|
7730
|
|
|
7731 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7732 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7733 {
|
|
|
7734 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7735 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7736
|
|
|
7737 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7738 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7739 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7740 #endif
|
|
|
7741 }
|
|
|
7742
|
|
|
7743 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7744 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7745 #endif
|
|
|
7746
|
|
|
7747 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7748 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7749 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7750 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7751 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7752 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7753 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7754 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7755 {
|
|
|
7756 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7757 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7758 #endif
|
|
|
7759 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7760 return NUL;
|
|
|
7761 }
|
|
|
7762 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7763 {
|
|
|
7764 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7765 {
|
|
|
7766 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7767 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7768
|
|
|
7769 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7770 {
|
|
|
7771 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7772 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7773 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7774 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7775 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7776 }
|
|
|
7777 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7778 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7779 #endif
|
|
|
7780 }
|
|
|
7781 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7782 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7783 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7784 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7785 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7786 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7787 {
|
|
|
7788 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7789 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7790 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7791 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7792 #endif
|
|
|
7793 return c;
|
|
|
7794 }
|
|
|
7795 }
|
|
|
7796 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7797 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7798 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7799 #endif
|
|
|
7800 return NUL;
|
|
|
7801 }
|
|
|
7802 #endif
|
|
|
7803
|
|
|
7804 /*
|
|
|
7805 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7806 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7807 */
|
|
|
7808 static int
|
|
|
7809 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7810 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7811 {
|
|
|
7812 int c;
|
|
|
7813 int temp;
|
|
|
7814 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7817 {
|
|
|
7818 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7819 return NUL;
|
|
|
7820 }
|
|
|
7821
|
|
|
7822 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7823 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7824 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7825 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7826 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7827 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7828 {
|
|
|
7829 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7830 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7831 }
|
|
|
7832 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7833 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7834
|
|
|
7835 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7836 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7837 #else
|
|
|
7838 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7839 #endif
|
|
|
7840 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7841 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7842 return c;
|
|
|
7843 }
|
|
|
7844
|
|
449
|
7845 /*
|
|
|
7846 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7847 */
|
|
|
7848 static int
|
|
|
7849 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
7850 int tc;
|
|
|
7851 {
|
|
|
7852 int c = tc;
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7855 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
7856 {
|
|
|
7857 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
7858 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
7859 else
|
|
|
7860 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
7861 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7862 }
|
|
|
7863 else
|
|
|
7864 #endif
|
|
|
7865 {
|
|
|
7866 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
7867 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
7868 {
|
|
|
7869 long tw_save;
|
|
|
7870
|
|
|
7871 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
7872 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
7873 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
7874 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
7875 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
7876 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
7877 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
7878 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
7879 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7880 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
7881 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7882 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7883 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7884 #endif
|
|
|
7885 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
7886 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
7887 }
|
|
|
7888 }
|
|
|
7889 return c;
|
|
|
7890 }
|
|
|
7891
|
|
7
|
7892 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7893 /*
|
|
|
7894 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7895 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7896 */
|
|
|
7897 static void
|
|
|
7898 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7899 int c;
|
|
|
7900 {
|
|
|
7901 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7902 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7903 int i;
|
|
|
7904 int temp;
|
|
|
7905
|
|
|
7906 /*
|
|
|
7907 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7908 */
|
|
|
7909 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7910 {
|
|
|
7911 /*
|
|
|
7912 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7913 */
|
|
|
7914 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7915 {
|
|
|
7916 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7917 /*
|
|
|
7918 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7919 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7920 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7921 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7922 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7923 */
|
|
|
7924 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
7925 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
7926 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
7927 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
7928 ;
|
|
|
7929 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7930 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
7931 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7932 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
7933 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7934 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7935 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7936 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7937 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
7938 else
|
|
|
7939 #endif
|
|
|
7940 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7941 }
|
|
|
7942 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7943 {
|
|
|
7944 /*
|
|
|
7945 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
7946 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
7947 */
|
|
|
7948 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
7949 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7950 {
|
|
|
7951 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7952 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7953 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7954 {
|
|
|
7955 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
7956
|
|
|
7957 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
7958 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7959 break;
|
|
|
7960 }
|
|
|
7961 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
7962 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7963 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7964 }
|
|
|
7965 if (temp)
|
|
|
7966 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
7967 }
|
|
|
7968 }
|
|
|
7969
|
|
|
7970 /*
|
|
|
7971 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
7972 */
|
|
|
7973 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
7974 {
|
|
|
7975 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
7976 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7977 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7978 }
|
|
|
7979
|
|
|
7980 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
7981 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7982 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7983 }
|
|
|
7984 #endif
|
|
|
7985
|
|
|
7986 /*
|
|
|
7987 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
7988 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
7989 */
|
|
|
7990 static colnr_T
|
|
|
7991 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
7992 {
|
|
|
7993 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7994 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7995 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7996 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7997 }
|
